]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/xdisp.c
*** empty log message ***
[gnu-emacs] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "frame.h"
174 #include "window.h"
175 #include "termchar.h"
176 #include "dispextern.h"
177 #include "buffer.h"
178 #include "charset.h"
179 #include "indent.h"
180 #include "commands.h"
181 #include "macros.h"
182 #include "disptab.h"
183 #include "termhooks.h"
184 #include "intervals.h"
185 #include "keyboard.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189
190 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
191 #include "xterm.h"
192 #endif
193
194 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
195 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
196
197 #define INFINITY 10000000
198
199 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
200 extern void set_frame_menubar ();
201 extern int pending_menu_activation;
202 #endif
203
204 extern int interrupt_input;
205 extern int command_loop_level;
206
207 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
208
209 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
210
211 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
212 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
213 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
214
215 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
216 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
217 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
218 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
219 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile;
220 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
221
222 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
223
224 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
226
227 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
228 over them. */
229
230 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
231
232 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
233
234 int tool_bar_button_margin;
235
236 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
237
238 int tool_bar_button_relief;
239
240 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
241 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
242
243 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
244
245 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
246
247 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
248
249 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
250
251 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
252 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
253
254 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
255
256 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
257 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
258 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
259 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
260
261 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
262
263 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
264
265 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
266
267 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
268
269 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
270 images in Lisp. */
271
272 Lisp_Object Qimage;
273
274 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
275 message. */
276
277 int noninteractive_need_newline;
278
279 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
280
281 static int message_log_need_newline;
282
283 \f
284 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
285 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
286 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
287 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
288
289 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
290
291 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
292 terminating newline. */
293
294 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
295
296 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
297
298 static int this_line_vpos;
299 static int this_line_y;
300 static int this_line_pixel_height;
301
302 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
303 negative if first character is partially visible. */
304
305 static int this_line_start_x;
306
307 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
308
309 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
310
311 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
312 frame. */
313
314 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
315
316 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
317
318 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
319
320 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
321 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
322 frame-title-format. */
323
324 int multiple_frames;
325
326 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
327
328 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
329
330 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
331
332 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
333
334 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
335
336 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
337 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
338 numerical position. */
339
340 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
341
342 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
343
344 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
345
346 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
347
348 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
349
350 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
351 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
352 have changed. */
353
354 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
355
356 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook;
357
358 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
359
360 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
361
362 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
363
364 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
365
366 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
367 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
368
369 static int scroll_step;
370
371 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
372 screen, when appropriate. */
373
374 static int scroll_conservatively;
375
376 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
377 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
378 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
379 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
380
381 int scroll_margin;
382
383 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
384 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
385 this. */
386
387 int buffer_shared;
388
389 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
390
391 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
392
393 /* Nonzero means display mode line highlighted. */
394
395 int mode_line_inverse_video;
396
397 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
398
399 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
400
401 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
402 of the line that contains the prompt. */
403
404 int minibuf_prompt_width;
405 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
406
407 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
408 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
409 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
410
411 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
412
413 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
414 pushes the current message and the value of
415 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
416 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
417
418 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
419
420 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
421 message was specified. */
422
423 int message_enable_multibyte;
424
425 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
426
427 int update_mode_lines;
428
429 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
430 redisplay that finished */
431
432 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
433
434 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
435 line number. */
436
437 int line_number_displayed;
438
439 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
440
441 static int line_number_display_limit;
442
443 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
444
445 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
446
447 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
448 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
449
450 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
451
452 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
453 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
454
455 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
456
457 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
458
459 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
460
461 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
462
463 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
464
465 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
466 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
467
468 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
469
470 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
471 message. */
472
473 int message_buf_print;
474
475 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
476 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
477 specifying a number of lines. */
478
479 static Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
480
481 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
482 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
483
484 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
485 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
486 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
487
488 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
489
490 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
491
492 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
493 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
494 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
495 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
496 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
497
498 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
499
500 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
501 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
502
503 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
504 int trace_redisplay_p;
505 #endif
506
507 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
508
509 enum prop_handled
510 {
511 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
512 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
513 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
514 HANDLED_RETURN
515 };
516
517 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
518 in. */
519
520 struct props
521 {
522 /* The name of the property. */
523 Lisp_Object *name;
524
525 /* A unique index for the property. */
526 enum prop_idx idx;
527
528 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
529 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
530 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
531 };
532
533 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
534 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
535 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
536 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
537 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
538 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
539
540 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
541
542 static struct props it_props[] =
543 {
544 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
545 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
546 `display' need to know the face. */
547 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
548 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
549 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
550 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
551 {NULL, 0, NULL}
552 };
553
554 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
555 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
556
557 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
558
559 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
560
561 enum move_it_result
562 {
563 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
564 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
565
566 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
567 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
568
569 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
570 MOVE_X_REACHED,
571
572 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
573 continued. */
574 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
575
576 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
577 be displayed truncated. */
578 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
579
580 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
581 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
582 };
583
584
585 \f
586 /* Function prototypes. */
587
588 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
589 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
590 struct glyph_row *,
591 struct glyph_row *));
592 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
593 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
594 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
595 static int current_message_1 P_ ((Lisp_Object *));
596 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((int));
597 static int set_message_1 P_ ((char *s, Lisp_Object, int, int));
598 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
599 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((struct window *));
600 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
601 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
602 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
603 struct text_pos));
604 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
605 static Lisp_Object eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
606 static Lisp_Object eval_form P_ ((Lisp_Object));
607 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
608 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
609 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
610 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
611 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
612 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
613 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
614 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
615 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
616 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
617 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
618 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
619 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
620 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
621 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
622 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
623 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
624 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
625 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
626 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
627 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
628 static void display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
629 static void display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id,
630 Lisp_Object));
631 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
632 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
633 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
634 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
635 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
636 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
637 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
638 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
639 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
640 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
641 void set_iterator_to_next P_ ((struct it *));
642 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
643 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
644 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
645 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
646 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
647 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
648 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
649 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
650 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
651 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
652 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
653 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
654 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
655 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
656 struct display_pos *));
657 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
658 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
659 static int charset_at_position P_ ((struct text_pos));
660 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
661 int, int, int));
662 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
663 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
664 struct glyph_row *));
665 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
666 struct glyph_row *));
667 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
668 static void forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
669 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
670 Lisp_Object, int));
671 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
672 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
673 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
674 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
675 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
676 Lisp_Object));
677 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
678 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
679 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
680 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
681
682 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
683 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
684
685 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
686
687 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
688 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
689 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
690 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
691
692 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
693
694 \f
695 /***********************************************************************
696 Window display dimensions
697 ***********************************************************************/
698
699 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
700 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
701 mode line, if any. */
702
703 INLINE int
704 window_text_bottom_y (w)
705 struct window *w;
706 {
707 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
708 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
709
710 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
711 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
712 return height;
713 }
714
715
716 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
717 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
718 the left and right of the window. */
719
720 INLINE int
721 window_box_width (w, area)
722 struct window *w;
723 int area;
724 {
725 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
726 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
727
728 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
729 {
730 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
731
732 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
733 {
734 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
735 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
736 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
737 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
738 }
739 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
740 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
741 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
742 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
743 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
744 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
745 }
746
747 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
748 }
749
750
751 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
752 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
753
754 INLINE int
755 window_box_height (w)
756 struct window *w;
757 {
758 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
759 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
760
761 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
762 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
763
764 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
765 height -= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
766
767 return height;
768 }
769
770
771 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
772 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
773 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
774 W. */
775
776 INLINE int
777 window_box_left (w, area)
778 struct window *w;
779 int area;
780 {
781 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
782 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
783
784 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
785 {
786 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
787 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
788
789 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
790 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
791 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
792 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
793 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
794 }
795
796 return x;
797 }
798
799
800 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
801 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
802 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
803 W. */
804
805 INLINE int
806 window_box_right (w, area)
807 struct window *w;
808 int area;
809 {
810 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
811 }
812
813
814 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
815 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
816 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
817 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
818 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
819 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
820
821 INLINE void
822 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
823 struct window *w;
824 int area;
825 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
826 {
827 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
828
829 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
830 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
831 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
832 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
833 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
834 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
835 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
836 }
837
838
839 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
840 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
841 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
842 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
843 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
844 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
845 box. */
846
847 INLINE void
848 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
849 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
850 struct window *w;
851 int area;
852 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
853 {
854 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
855 bottom_right_y);
856 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
857 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
858 }
859
860
861 \f
862 /***********************************************************************
863 Utilities
864 ***********************************************************************/
865
866 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
867 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
868 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
869 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the illegal
870 character. */
871
872 static INLINE int
873 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
874 unsigned char *str;
875 int maxlen, *len;
876 {
877 int c;
878
879 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
880 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
881 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
882 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept illegal
883 characters. */
884 c = '?';
885
886 return c;
887 }
888
889
890
891 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
892 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
893
894 static struct text_pos
895 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
896 struct text_pos pos;
897 Lisp_Object string;
898 int nchars;
899 {
900 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
901
902 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
903 {
904 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
905 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
906 int len;
907
908 while (nchars--)
909 {
910 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
911 p += len, rest -= len;
912 xassert (rest >= 0);
913 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
914 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
915 }
916 }
917 else
918 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
919
920 return pos;
921 }
922
923
924 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
925 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
926
927 static INLINE struct text_pos
928 string_pos (charpos, string)
929 int charpos;
930 Lisp_Object string;
931 {
932 struct text_pos pos;
933 xassert (STRINGP (string));
934 xassert (charpos >= 0);
935 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
936 return pos;
937 }
938
939
940 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
941 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
942 means recognize multibyte characters. */
943
944 static struct text_pos
945 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
946 int charpos;
947 unsigned char *s;
948 int multibyte_p;
949 {
950 struct text_pos pos;
951
952 xassert (s != NULL);
953 xassert (charpos >= 0);
954
955 if (multibyte_p)
956 {
957 int rest = strlen (s), len;
958
959 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
960 while (charpos--)
961 {
962 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
963 s += len, rest -= len;
964 xassert (rest >= 0);
965 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
966 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
967 }
968 }
969 else
970 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
971
972 return pos;
973 }
974
975
976 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
977 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
978
979 static int
980 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
981 unsigned char *s;
982 int multibyte_p;
983 {
984 int nchars;
985
986 if (multibyte_p)
987 {
988 int rest = strlen (s), len;
989 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
990
991 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
992 {
993 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
994 rest -= len, p += len;
995 }
996 }
997 else
998 nchars = strlen (s);
999
1000 return nchars;
1001 }
1002
1003
1004 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1005 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1006 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1007
1008 static void
1009 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1010 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1011 Lisp_Object string;
1012 {
1013 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1014 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1015
1016 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1017 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos),
1018 string);
1019 else
1020 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1021 }
1022
1023
1024 /* Return the charset of the character at position POS in
1025 current_buffer. */
1026
1027 static int
1028 charset_at_position (pos)
1029 struct text_pos pos;
1030 {
1031 int c, multibyte_p;
1032 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (BYTEPOS (pos));
1033
1034 multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1035 if (multibyte_p)
1036 {
1037 int maxlen = ((BYTEPOS (pos) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
1038 - BYTEPOS (pos));
1039 int len;
1040 c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &len);
1041 }
1042 else
1043 c = *p;
1044
1045 return CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1046 }
1047
1048
1049 \f
1050 /***********************************************************************
1051 Lisp form evaluation
1052 ***********************************************************************/
1053
1054 /* Error handler for eval_form. */
1055
1056 static Lisp_Object
1057 eval_handler (arg)
1058 Lisp_Object arg;
1059 {
1060 return Qnil;
1061 }
1062
1063
1064 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1065 wrong. */
1066
1067 static Lisp_Object
1068 eval_form (sexpr)
1069 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1070 {
1071 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
1072 Lisp_Object val;
1073 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1074 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, eval_handler);
1075 return unbind_to (count, val);
1076 }
1077
1078
1079 \f
1080 /***********************************************************************
1081 Debugging
1082 ***********************************************************************/
1083
1084 #if 0
1085
1086 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1087 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1088
1089 static void
1090 check_it (it)
1091 struct it *it;
1092 {
1093 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1094 {
1095 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1096 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1097 }
1098 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1099 {
1100 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1101 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1102 }
1103
1104 if (it->dpvec)
1105 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1106 else
1107 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1108 }
1109
1110 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1111
1112 #else /* not 0 */
1113
1114 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1115
1116 #endif /* not 0 */
1117
1118
1119 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1120
1121 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1122 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1123
1124 static void
1125 check_window_end (w)
1126 struct window *w;
1127 {
1128 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1129 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1130 {
1131 struct glyph_row *row;
1132 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1133 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1134 !row->enabled_p
1135 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1136 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1137 }
1138 }
1139
1140 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1141
1142 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1143
1144 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1145
1146 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1147
1148
1149 \f
1150 /***********************************************************************
1151 Iterator initialization
1152 ***********************************************************************/
1153
1154 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1155 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1156 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1157 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1158 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1159
1160 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1161 will produce glyphs in that row.
1162
1163 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1164 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1165 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1166 displaying the tool-bar.
1167
1168 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1169 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1170 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1171
1172 void
1173 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1174 struct it *it;
1175 struct window *w;
1176 int charpos, bytepos;
1177 struct glyph_row *row;
1178 enum face_id base_face_id;
1179 {
1180 int highlight_region_p;
1181
1182 /* Some precondition checks. */
1183 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1184 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1185
1186 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1187 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1188 that might have changed. */
1189 if (face_change_count)
1190 {
1191 face_change_count = 0;
1192 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1193 }
1194
1195 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1196 appropriate. */
1197 if (row == NULL)
1198 {
1199 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1200 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1201 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1202 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1203 }
1204
1205 /* Clear IT. */
1206 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1207 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1208 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1209 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
1210 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1211
1212 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1213 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1214 it->w = w;
1215 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1216
1217 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1218 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. */
1219 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1220 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1221
1222 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1223 it->space_width = Qnil;
1224 it->font_height = Qnil;
1225
1226 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1227 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1228
1229 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1230 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1231 invisible. */
1232 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1233 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1234 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1235 ? -1 : 0));
1236 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1237 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1238
1239 /* Display table to use. */
1240 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1241
1242 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1243 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1244
1245 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1246 highlight_region_p
1247 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1248 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1249 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1250
1251 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1252 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1253 -1 to indicate no region. */
1254 if (highlight_region_p
1255 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1256 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1257 highlight_nonselected_windows
1258 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1259 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1260 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1261 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1262 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1263 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1264 {
1265 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1266 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1267 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1268 }
1269 else
1270 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1271
1272 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1273 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1274 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1275 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1276 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1277 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1278 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1279 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1280
1281 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1282 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1283 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1284 it->tab_width = 8;
1285
1286 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1287 it->truncate_lines_p
1288 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1289 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1290 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1291 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1292 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1293
1294 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1295 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1296 frames. */
1297 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1298 {
1299 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1300 {
1301 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1302 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1303 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1304 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1305 }
1306 else
1307 {
1308 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1309 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1310 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1311 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1312 }
1313
1314 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1315 above has changed them. */
1316 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1317 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1318 }
1319
1320 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1321 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1322 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1323 it->glyph_row = row;
1324 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1325
1326 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1327 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1328 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1329 start of this total display area. */
1330 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1331 {
1332 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1333 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1334 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1335 }
1336 else
1337 {
1338 it->first_visible_x
1339 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1340 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1341 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1342
1343 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1344 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1345 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1346 for window-based redisplay. */
1347 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1348 {
1349 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1350 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1351 else
1352 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1353 }
1354
1355 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1356 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1357 }
1358
1359 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1360 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1361 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1362 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1363
1364 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1365
1366 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1367 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1368 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1369 {
1370 struct face *face;
1371
1372 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1373
1374 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1375 with a left box line. */
1376 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1377 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1378 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1379 }
1380
1381 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1382 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1383 if (charpos > 0)
1384 {
1385 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1386 it->face_id = -1;
1387 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1388
1389 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1390 if (bytepos <= 0)
1391 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1392 else
1393 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1394
1395 /* Compute faces etc. */
1396 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1397 }
1398
1399 CHECK_IT (it);
1400 }
1401
1402
1403 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1404
1405 void
1406 start_display (it, w, pos)
1407 struct it *it;
1408 struct window *w;
1409 struct text_pos pos;
1410 {
1411 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1412 struct glyph_row *row;
1413 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1414 int first_y;
1415
1416 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1417 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1418 first_y = it->current_y;
1419
1420 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1421 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1422 account. */
1423 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1424 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1425 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1426 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1427
1428 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1429 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1430 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1431 {
1432 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1433
1434 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1435 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1436 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1437 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1438 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1439 if (!it->truncate_lines_p && it->current_x > 0)
1440 {
1441 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1442 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1443 {
1444 set_iterator_to_next (it);
1445 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1446 }
1447 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1448 }
1449
1450 it->current_y = first_y;
1451 it->vpos = 0;
1452 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1453 }
1454
1455 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1456 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1457 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1458
1459 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1460 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1461 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1462 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1463 #endif /* 0 */
1464 }
1465
1466
1467 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1468 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1469 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1470
1471 static void
1472 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1473 struct it *it;
1474 struct window *w;
1475 struct display_pos *pos;
1476 {
1477 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1478 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1479 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1480 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1481 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1482 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1483 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1484 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1485 after-string. */
1486 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1487 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1488
1489 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1490 the right overlay string. */
1491 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1492 {
1493 int relative_index;
1494
1495 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1496 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1497 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1498 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1499 {
1500 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1501 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1502 while (n--)
1503 {
1504 load_overlay_strings (it);
1505 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1506 }
1507 }
1508
1509 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1510 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1511 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1512 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1513 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1514 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1515 }
1516 else if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1517 {
1518 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1519 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1520 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1521 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1522 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1523 }
1524
1525 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1526 character translations. */
1527 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1528 {
1529 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1530 get_next_display_element (it);
1531 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1532 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1533 }
1534
1535 CHECK_IT (it);
1536 }
1537
1538
1539 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1540 starting at ROW->start. */
1541
1542 static void
1543 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1544 struct it *it;
1545 struct window *w;
1546 struct glyph_row *row;
1547 {
1548 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1549 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1550 CHECK_IT (it);
1551 }
1552
1553
1554 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1555 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1556
1557 static void
1558 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1559 struct it *it;
1560 struct window *w;
1561 struct glyph_row *row;
1562 {
1563 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1564
1565 if (row->continued_p)
1566 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1567 + row->pixel_width);
1568 CHECK_IT (it);
1569 }
1570
1571
1572
1573 \f
1574 /***********************************************************************
1575 Text properties
1576 ***********************************************************************/
1577
1578 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1579 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1580 to stop. */
1581
1582 static void
1583 handle_stop (it)
1584 struct it *it;
1585 {
1586 enum prop_handled handled;
1587 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1588 struct props *p;
1589
1590 it->dpvec = NULL;
1591 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1592
1593 do
1594 {
1595 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1596
1597 /* Call text property handlers. */
1598 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1599 {
1600 handled = p->handler (it);
1601
1602 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1603 break;
1604 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1605 return;
1606 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1607 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1608 }
1609
1610 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1611 {
1612 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1613 characters from a display vector. */
1614 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1615 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1616
1617 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1618 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1619 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1620
1621 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1622 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1623 compute_stop_pos (it);
1624 }
1625 }
1626 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1627 }
1628
1629
1630 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1631 information for IT's current position. */
1632
1633 static void
1634 compute_stop_pos (it)
1635 struct it *it;
1636 {
1637 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1638 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1639
1640 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1641 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1642
1643 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1644 {
1645 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1646 properties. */
1647 object = it->string;
1648 limit = Qnil;
1649 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1650 }
1651 else
1652 {
1653 int charpos;
1654
1655 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1656 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1657 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1658 follows. */
1659 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1660 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1661 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1662
1663 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1664 start or end because the face might change there. */
1665 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1666 {
1667 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1668 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1669 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1670 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1671 }
1672
1673 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1674 property changes. */
1675 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1676 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1677 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1678
1679 }
1680
1681 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1682 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1683 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1684 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1685 {
1686 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1687 struct props *p;
1688
1689 /* Get properties here. */
1690 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1691 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1692
1693 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1694 properties. */
1695 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1696 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1697 && (NILP (limit)
1698 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1699 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1700 {
1701 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1702 {
1703 Lisp_Object new_value;
1704
1705 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1706 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1707 break;
1708 }
1709
1710 if (p->handler)
1711 break;
1712 }
1713
1714 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1715 {
1716 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1717 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1718 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1719 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1720 else
1721 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1722 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1723 }
1724 }
1725
1726 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1727 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1728 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1729 }
1730
1731
1732 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1733 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1734 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
1735 xmalloc. */
1736
1737 static int
1738 next_overlay_change (pos)
1739 int pos;
1740 {
1741 int noverlays;
1742 int endpos;
1743 Lisp_Object *overlays;
1744 int len;
1745 int i;
1746
1747 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
1748 len = 10;
1749 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1750 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL);
1751 if (noverlays > len)
1752 {
1753 len = noverlays;
1754 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1755 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL);
1756 }
1757
1758 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
1759 use its ending point instead. */
1760 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
1761 {
1762 Lisp_Object oend;
1763 int oendpos;
1764
1765 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
1766 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
1767 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
1768 }
1769
1770 return endpos;
1771 }
1772
1773
1774 \f
1775 /***********************************************************************
1776 Fontification
1777 ***********************************************************************/
1778
1779 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
1780 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
1781 regions of text. */
1782
1783 static enum prop_handled
1784 handle_fontified_prop (it)
1785 struct it *it;
1786 {
1787 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
1788 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1789 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1790
1791 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
1792 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
1793 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
1794 Qfontification_functions. */
1795 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
1796 && it->s == NULL
1797 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
1798 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
1799 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
1800 NILP (prop)))
1801 {
1802 Lisp_Object args[2];
1803
1804 GCPRO1 (pos);
1805 /* Run the hook functions. */
1806 args[0] = Qfontification_functions;
1807 args[1] = pos;
1808 Frun_hook_with_args (make_number (2), args);
1809
1810 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
1811 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
1812 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
1813 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
1814 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
1815 UNGCPRO;
1816 }
1817
1818 return handled;
1819 }
1820
1821
1822 \f
1823 /***********************************************************************
1824 Faces
1825 ***********************************************************************/
1826
1827 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
1828 Called from handle_stop. */
1829
1830 static enum prop_handled
1831 handle_face_prop (it)
1832 struct it *it;
1833 {
1834 int new_face_id, next_stop;
1835
1836 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
1837 {
1838 new_face_id
1839 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
1840 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
1841 it->region_beg_charpos,
1842 it->region_end_charpos,
1843 &next_stop,
1844 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1845 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
1846 0);
1847
1848 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
1849 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
1850 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
1851 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
1852 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
1853 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
1854 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1855 {
1856 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1857
1858 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
1859 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
1860 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
1861 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
1862 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
1863 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
1864 it->start_of_box_run_p
1865 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
1866 && (it->face_id >= 0
1867 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
1868 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
1869 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1870 }
1871 }
1872 else
1873 {
1874 new_face_id
1875 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1876 it->string,
1877 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
1878 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1879 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1880 : 0),
1881 it->region_beg_charpos,
1882 it->region_end_charpos,
1883 &next_stop,
1884 it->base_face_id);
1885
1886 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
1887 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
1888 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
1889 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
1890 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1891 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
1892 #endif
1893
1894 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
1895 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
1896 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
1897 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
1898 box, all characters up to that position will have a
1899 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
1900 is really the end. */
1901 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1902 {
1903 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1904 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1905
1906 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
1907 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
1908 shadow on the left side. */
1909 it->start_of_box_run_p
1910 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
1911 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1912 }
1913 }
1914
1915 it->face_id = new_face_id;
1916 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
1917 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1918 }
1919
1920
1921 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
1922 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
1923 position. Value is the id of the face. */
1924
1925 static int
1926 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
1927 struct it *it;
1928 int before_p;
1929 {
1930 int face_id, limit;
1931 int next_check_charpos;
1932 struct text_pos pos;
1933
1934 xassert (it->s == NULL);
1935
1936 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1937 {
1938 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
1939 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
1940 string start. */
1941 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
1942 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
1943 return it->face_id;
1944
1945 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
1946 if (before_p)
1947 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
1948 else
1949 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
1950 composition. */
1951 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
1952 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
1953 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
1954
1955 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
1956 face_id
1957 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1958 it->string,
1959 CHARPOS (pos),
1960 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1961 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1962 : 0),
1963 it->region_beg_charpos,
1964 it->region_end_charpos,
1965 &next_check_charpos,
1966 it->base_face_id);
1967
1968 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1969 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
1970 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
1971 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
1972 {
1973 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1974 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1975 int c, len, charset;
1976
1977 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1978 charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1979 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1980 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, face_id, charset);
1981 }
1982 }
1983 else
1984 {
1985 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
1986 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
1987 return it->face_id;
1988
1989 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
1990 pos = it->current.pos;
1991
1992 if (before_p)
1993 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos);
1994 else
1995 {
1996 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
1997 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
1998 composition. */
1999 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2000 else
2001 INC_TEXT_POS (pos);
2002 }
2003 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2004 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2005 CHARPOS (pos),
2006 it->region_beg_charpos,
2007 it->region_end_charpos,
2008 &next_check_charpos,
2009 limit, 0);
2010
2011 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2012 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2013 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2014 if (it->multibyte_p)
2015 {
2016 int charset = charset_at_position (pos);
2017 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
2018 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, face_id, charset);
2019 }
2020 }
2021
2022 return face_id;
2023 }
2024
2025
2026 \f
2027 /***********************************************************************
2028 Invisible text
2029 ***********************************************************************/
2030
2031 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2032 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2033
2034 static enum prop_handled
2035 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2036 struct it *it;
2037 {
2038 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2039
2040 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2041 {
2042 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2043 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2044
2045 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2046 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2047 property. */
2048 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2049 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2050
2051 if (!NILP (prop))
2052 {
2053 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2054
2055 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2056 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2057 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2058 all the rest of IT->string. */
2059 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2060 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2061 it->string, limit);
2062
2063 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2064 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2065 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2066 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2067 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2068 {
2069 struct text_pos old;
2070 old = it->current.string_pos;
2071 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2072 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2073 }
2074 else
2075 {
2076 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2077 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2078 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2079 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2080 {
2081 next_overlay_string (it);
2082 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2083 finished processing them. */
2084 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2085 }
2086 else
2087 {
2088 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2089 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2090 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2091 }
2092 }
2093 }
2094 }
2095 else
2096 {
2097 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2098 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2099
2100 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2101 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2102 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2103
2104 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2105 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
2106 {
2107 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2108 invisible text. */
2109 int display_ellipsis_p
2110 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2111
2112 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2113
2114 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2115 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2116 do
2117 {
2118 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2119 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2120 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2121 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2122 invisible property. */
2123 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2124 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2125
2126 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2127 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2128 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2129 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2130 visible_p = 1;
2131 else
2132 {
2133 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2134 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2135 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2136 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2137 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2138 newpos is visible. */
2139 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2140 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2141 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2142 }
2143
2144 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2145 skip starting with next_stop. */
2146 if (!visible_p)
2147 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2148 }
2149 while (!visible_p);
2150
2151 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2152 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2153 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2154
2155 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2156 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2157 {
2158 if (it->dp
2159 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2160 {
2161 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2162 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2163 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2164 }
2165 else
2166 {
2167 /* Default `...'. */
2168 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2169 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2170 }
2171
2172 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2173 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2174 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2175 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2176
2177 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2178 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2179 }
2180 }
2181 }
2182
2183 return handled;
2184 }
2185
2186
2187 \f
2188 /***********************************************************************
2189 'display' property
2190 ***********************************************************************/
2191
2192 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2193 Called from handle_stop. */
2194
2195 static enum prop_handled
2196 handle_display_prop (it)
2197 struct it *it;
2198 {
2199 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2200 struct text_pos *position;
2201 int space_or_image_found_p;
2202
2203 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2204 {
2205 object = it->string;
2206 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2207 }
2208 else
2209 {
2210 object = Qnil;
2211 position = &it->current.pos;
2212 }
2213
2214 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2215 it->font_height = Qnil;
2216 it->space_width = Qnil;
2217 it->voffset = 0;
2218
2219 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2220 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2221 `display' property etc. */
2222 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2223 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2224
2225 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2226 Qdisplay, object);
2227 if (NILP (prop))
2228 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2229
2230 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2231 if (CONSP (prop)
2232 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2233 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2234 {
2235 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2236 while (CONSP (prop))
2237 {
2238 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2239 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2240 prop = XCDR (prop);
2241 }
2242 }
2243 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2244 {
2245 int i;
2246 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2247 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2248 object, position))
2249 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2250 }
2251 else
2252 {
2253 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2254 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2255 }
2256
2257 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2258 }
2259
2260
2261 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2262 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2263
2264 static struct text_pos
2265 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2266 struct it *it;
2267 Lisp_Object object;
2268 struct text_pos start_pos;
2269 {
2270 Lisp_Object end;
2271 struct text_pos end_pos;
2272
2273 end = next_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2274 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2275 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2276 if (STRINGP (object))
2277 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2278 else
2279 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2280
2281 return end_pos;
2282 }
2283
2284
2285 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2286 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2287 is the position at which it was found.
2288
2289 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2290 end position of the `display' property.
2291
2292 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2293
2294 static int
2295 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2296 struct it *it;
2297 Lisp_Object prop;
2298 Lisp_Object object;
2299 struct text_pos *position;
2300 {
2301 Lisp_Object value;
2302 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2303
2304 Lisp_Object form;
2305
2306 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2307 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2308 form = Qt;
2309 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2310 {
2311 prop = XCDR (prop);
2312 if (!CONSP (prop))
2313 return 0;
2314 form = XCAR (prop);
2315 prop = XCDR (prop);
2316 }
2317
2318 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2319 {
2320 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2321 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2322
2323 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2324 GCPRO1 (form);
2325
2326 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2327 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2328 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2329 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2330 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2331 form = eval_form (form);
2332 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2333 UNGCPRO;
2334 }
2335
2336 if (NILP (form))
2337 return 0;
2338
2339 if (CONSP (prop)
2340 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2341 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2342 {
2343 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2344 return 0;
2345
2346 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2347 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2348 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2349 {
2350 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2351 int new_height = -1;
2352
2353 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2354 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2355 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2356 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2357 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2358 {
2359 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2360 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2361 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2362 steps = - steps;
2363 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2364 }
2365 else if (SYMBOLP (it->font_height))
2366 {
2367 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2368 Value is the new height. */
2369 Lisp_Object form, height;
2370 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2371
2372 height = face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX];
2373 form = Fcons (it->font_height, Fcons (height, Qnil));
2374 GCPRO1 (form);
2375 height = eval_form (form);
2376 if (NUMBERP (height))
2377 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2378 UNGCPRO;
2379 }
2380 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2381 {
2382 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2383 struct face *face;
2384
2385 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2386 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2387 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2388 }
2389 else
2390 {
2391 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2392 current specified height to get the new height. */
2393 Lisp_Object value;
2394 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
2395
2396 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2397 value = eval_form (it->font_height);
2398 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2399
2400 if (NUMBERP (value))
2401 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2402 }
2403
2404 if (new_height > 0)
2405 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2406 }
2407 }
2408 else if (CONSP (prop)
2409 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2410 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2411 {
2412 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2413 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2414 return 0;
2415
2416 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2417 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2418 it->space_width = value;
2419 }
2420 else if (CONSP (prop)
2421 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2422 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2423 {
2424 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2425 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2426 return 0;
2427
2428 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2429 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2430 if (NUMBERP (value))
2431 {
2432 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2433 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2434 * (face->font->ascent + face->font->descent));
2435 }
2436 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2437 }
2438 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2439 {
2440 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2441 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2442 Lisp_Object location, value;
2443 struct text_pos start_pos;
2444 int valid_p;
2445
2446 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2447 we have to find the end of the property. */
2448 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2449 start_pos = *position;
2450 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2451
2452 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2453 text properties change there. */
2454 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2455
2456 location = Qunbound;
2457 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2458 {
2459 Lisp_Object tem;
2460
2461 value = XCDR (prop);
2462 if (CONSP (value))
2463 value = XCAR (value);
2464
2465 tem = XCAR (prop);
2466 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2467 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2468 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2469 (NILP (tem)
2470 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2471 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2472 location = tem;
2473 }
2474
2475 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2476 {
2477 location = Qnil;
2478 value = prop;
2479 }
2480
2481 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2482 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2483 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2484 else
2485 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2486 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2487 || valid_image_p (value));
2488 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2489 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2490 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2491
2492 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2493 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2494 || NILP (location))
2495 && valid_p)
2496 {
2497 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2498 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2499 push_it (it);
2500
2501 if (NILP (location))
2502 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2503 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2504 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2505 else
2506 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2507
2508 if (STRINGP (value))
2509 {
2510 it->string = value;
2511 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2512 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2513 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2514 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2515 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2516 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2517 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2518 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2519 }
2520 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2521 {
2522 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2523 it->object = value;
2524 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2525 }
2526 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2527 else
2528 {
2529 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2530 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2531 it->position = start_pos;
2532 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2533 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2534
2535 /* Say that we don't have consumed the characters with
2536 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2537 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2538 *position = start_pos;
2539 }
2540 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2541 }
2542 }
2543
2544 return space_or_image_found_p;
2545 }
2546
2547
2548 \f
2549 /***********************************************************************
2550 `composition' property
2551 ***********************************************************************/
2552
2553 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
2554 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2555
2556 static enum prop_handled
2557 handle_composition_prop (it)
2558 struct it *it;
2559 {
2560 Lisp_Object prop, string;
2561 int pos, pos_byte, end;
2562 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2563
2564 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2565 {
2566 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
2567 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
2568 string = it->string;
2569 }
2570 else
2571 {
2572 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2573 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
2574 string = Qnil;
2575 }
2576
2577 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
2578 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
2579 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
2580 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
2581 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
2582 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
2583 {
2584 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
2585
2586 if (id >= 0)
2587 {
2588 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
2589 it->cmp_id = id;
2590 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
2591 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
2592 components. */
2593 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
2594 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
2595 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
2596 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
2597 it->stop_charpos = end;
2598 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
2599 }
2600 }
2601
2602 return handled;
2603 }
2604
2605
2606 \f
2607 /***********************************************************************
2608 Overlay strings
2609 ***********************************************************************/
2610
2611 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
2612 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
2613
2614 struct overlay_entry
2615 {
2616 Lisp_Object string;
2617 int priority;
2618 int after_string_p;
2619 };
2620
2621
2622 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
2623 Called from handle_stop. */
2624
2625 static enum prop_handled
2626 handle_overlay_change (it)
2627 struct it *it;
2628 {
2629 /* Overlays are handled in current_buffer only. */
2630 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2631 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2632 else
2633 return (get_overlay_strings (it)
2634 ? HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
2635 : HANDLED_NORMALLY);
2636 }
2637
2638
2639 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
2640 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
2641 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
2642 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
2643 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
2644 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
2645
2646 static void
2647 next_overlay_string (it)
2648 struct it *it;
2649 {
2650 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
2651 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
2652 {
2653 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
2654 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
2655 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
2656 pop_it (it);
2657 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2658 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
2659 it->string = Qnil;
2660 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2661 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
2662 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
2663 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2664 }
2665 else
2666 {
2667 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
2668 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
2669 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
2670 it. */
2671 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
2672
2673 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
2674 load_overlay_strings (it);
2675
2676 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
2677 string. */
2678 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
2679 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2680 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
2681 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2682 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2683 }
2684
2685 CHECK_IT (it);
2686 }
2687
2688
2689 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
2690 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
2691 strings for the same position are sorted so that
2692
2693 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings.
2694
2695 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
2696 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
2697
2698 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
2699 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
2700
2701 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
2702
2703
2704 static int
2705 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
2706 void *e1, *e2;
2707 {
2708 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
2709 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
2710 int result;
2711
2712 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
2713 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings. */
2714 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
2715 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
2716 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
2717 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
2718 else
2719 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
2720 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
2721
2722 return result;
2723 }
2724
2725
2726 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
2727 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
2728 overlay strings found.
2729
2730 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
2731 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
2732 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
2733 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
2734 function.
2735
2736 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
2737 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
2738 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
2739 compare_overlay_entries. */
2740
2741 static void
2742 load_overlay_strings (it)
2743 struct it *it;
2744 {
2745 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
2746 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str;
2747 int start, end;
2748 int size = 20;
2749 int n = 0, i, j;
2750 struct overlay_entry *entries
2751 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
2752
2753 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
2754 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
2755 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
2756 OVERLAY. */
2757 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
2758 do \
2759 { \
2760 Lisp_Object priority; \
2761 \
2762 if (n == size) \
2763 { \
2764 int new_size = 2 * size; \
2765 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
2766 entries = \
2767 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
2768 * sizeof *entries); \
2769 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
2770 size = new_size; \
2771 } \
2772 \
2773 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
2774 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
2775 entries[n].priority \
2776 = INTEGERP (priority) ? XFASTINT (priority) : 0; \
2777 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
2778 ++n; \
2779 } \
2780 while (0)
2781
2782 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
2783 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before;
2784 CONSP (ov);
2785 ov = XCDR (ov))
2786 {
2787 overlay = XCAR (ov);
2788 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
2789 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
2790 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
2791
2792 if (end < IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2793 break;
2794
2795 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2796 position. */
2797 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it) && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2798 continue;
2799
2800 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2801 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
2802 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
2803 continue;
2804
2805 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2806 if (start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2807 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
2808 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2809 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
2810
2811 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2812 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2813 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
2814 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2815 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
2816 }
2817
2818 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
2819 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after;
2820 CONSP (ov);
2821 ov = XCDR (ov))
2822 {
2823 overlay = XCAR (ov);
2824 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
2825 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
2826 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
2827
2828 if (start > IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2829 break;
2830
2831 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2832 position. */
2833 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it) && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2834 continue;
2835
2836 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2837 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
2838 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
2839 continue;
2840
2841 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2842 if (start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2843 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
2844 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2845 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
2846
2847 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2848 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2849 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
2850 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2851 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
2852 }
2853
2854 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
2855
2856 /* Sort entries. */
2857 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
2858
2859 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
2860 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
2861
2862 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
2863 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
2864 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
2865 i = 0;
2866 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
2867 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
2868 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
2869
2870 CHECK_IT (it);
2871 }
2872
2873
2874 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
2875 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
2876 found. */
2877
2878 static int
2879 get_overlay_strings (it)
2880 struct it *it;
2881 {
2882 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
2883 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
2884 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
2885 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
2886 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
2887 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
2888 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
2889 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
2890 load_overlay_strings (it);
2891
2892 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
2893 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
2894 from current_buffer. */
2895 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
2896 {
2897 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
2898 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
2899 strings. */
2900 compute_stop_pos (it);
2901 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
2902
2903 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
2904 strings have been processed. */
2905 xassert (it->sp == 0);
2906 push_it (it);
2907
2908 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
2909 string. */
2910 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2911 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2912 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
2913 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2914 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2915 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2916 }
2917 else
2918 {
2919 it->string = Qnil;
2920 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2921 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2922 }
2923
2924 CHECK_IT (it);
2925
2926 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
2927 return STRINGP (it->string);
2928 }
2929
2930
2931 \f
2932 /***********************************************************************
2933 Saving and restoring state
2934 ***********************************************************************/
2935
2936 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
2937 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
2938 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
2939 processed. */
2940
2941 static void
2942 push_it (it)
2943 struct it *it;
2944 {
2945 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
2946
2947 xassert (it->sp < 2);
2948 p = it->stack + it->sp;
2949
2950 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
2951 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
2952 p->face_id = it->face_id;
2953 p->string = it->string;
2954 p->pos = it->current;
2955 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
2956 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
2957 p->area = it->area;
2958 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
2959 p->space_width = it->space_width;
2960 p->font_height = it->font_height;
2961 p->voffset = it->voffset;
2962 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
2963 ++it->sp;
2964 }
2965
2966
2967 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
2968 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
2969 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
2970 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
2971 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
2972
2973 static void
2974 pop_it (it)
2975 struct it *it;
2976 {
2977 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
2978
2979 xassert (it->sp > 0);
2980 --it->sp;
2981 p = it->stack + it->sp;
2982 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
2983 it->face_id = p->face_id;
2984 it->string = p->string;
2985 it->current = p->pos;
2986 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
2987 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
2988 it->area = p->area;
2989 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
2990 it->space_width = p->space_width;
2991 it->font_height = p->font_height;
2992 it->voffset = p->voffset;
2993 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
2994 }
2995
2996
2997 \f
2998 /***********************************************************************
2999 Moving over lines
3000 ***********************************************************************/
3001
3002 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3003
3004 static void
3005 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3006 struct it *it;
3007 {
3008 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3009 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3010 }
3011
3012
3013 /* Set IT's current position to the next line start. */
3014
3015 static void
3016 forward_to_next_line_start (it)
3017 struct it *it;
3018 {
3019 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it), 1);
3020 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3021 }
3022
3023
3024 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3025 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3026 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3027 IT->hpos. */
3028
3029 static void
3030 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3031 struct it *it;
3032 {
3033 int visible_p = 0;
3034
3035 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3036 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3037 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3038
3039 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3040 or text properties. */
3041 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3042 && !visible_p)
3043 {
3044 visible_p = 1;
3045
3046 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3047 are invisible. */
3048 if (it->selective > 0
3049 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3050 it->selective))
3051 visible_p = 0;
3052 else
3053 {
3054 Lisp_Object prop;
3055
3056 prop = Fget_char_property (IT_CHARPOS (*it), Qinvisible, it->window);
3057 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3058 visible_p = 0;
3059 }
3060
3061 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3062 if (!visible_p)
3063 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3064 }
3065
3066 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3067 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3068 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3069 CHECK_IT (it);
3070 }
3071
3072
3073 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3074 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3075 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3076 face information etc. */
3077
3078 static void
3079 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3080 struct it *it;
3081 {
3082 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3083 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3084 CHECK_IT (it);
3085 }
3086
3087
3088 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3089 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3090 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3091 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3092 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3093 is invisible because of text properties. */
3094
3095 static void
3096 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3097 struct it *it;
3098 int on_newline_p;
3099 {
3100 /* Restore the buffer position when currently not delivering display
3101 elements from the current buffer. This is the case, for example,
3102 when called at the end of a truncated overlay string. */
3103 while (it->sp)
3104 pop_it (it);
3105 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3106
3107 /* Otherwise, scan_buffer would not work. */
3108 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
3109 {
3110 /* If on a newline, advance past it. Otherwise, find the next
3111 newline which automatically gives us the position following
3112 the newline. */
3113 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)) == '\n')
3114 {
3115 ++IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3116 ++IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3117 }
3118 else
3119 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3120
3121 /* We must either have reached the end of the buffer or end up
3122 after a newline. */
3123 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
3124 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3125
3126 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3127 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3128 if (it->selective > 0)
3129 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3130 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3131 it->selective))
3132 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3133
3134 /* Position on the newline if we should. */
3135 if (on_newline_p
3136 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3137 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n')
3138 {
3139 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3140 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3141 }
3142
3143 /* Set the iterator there. The 0 as the last parameter of
3144 reseat means don't force a text property lookup. The lookup
3145 is then only done if we've skipped past the iterator's
3146 check_charpos'es. This optimization is important because
3147 text property lookups tend to be expensive. */
3148 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3149 }
3150
3151 CHECK_IT (it);
3152 }
3153
3154
3155 \f
3156 /***********************************************************************
3157 Changing an iterator's position
3158 ***********************************************************************/
3159
3160 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3161 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3162 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3163 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3164
3165 static void
3166 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3167 struct it *it;
3168 struct text_pos pos;
3169 int force_p;
3170 {
3171 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3172
3173 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3174
3175 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3176 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3177 if (force_p
3178 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3179 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3180 handle_stop (it);
3181
3182 CHECK_IT (it);
3183 }
3184
3185
3186 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3187 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3188
3189 static void
3190 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3191 struct it *it;
3192 struct text_pos pos;
3193 int set_stop_p;
3194 {
3195 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3196 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3197
3198 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3199 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3200
3201 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3202 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3203 it->dpvec = NULL;
3204 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3205 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3206 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3207 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3208 it->string = Qnil;
3209 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3210 it->sp = 0;
3211
3212 if (set_stop_p)
3213 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3214 }
3215
3216
3217 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3218 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3219 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3220
3221 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3222 characters from the string.
3223
3224 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3225 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3226 field width.
3227
3228 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3229 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3230 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3231
3232 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3233 calling this function. */
3234
3235 static void
3236 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3237 struct it *it;
3238 unsigned char *s;
3239 Lisp_Object string;
3240 int charpos;
3241 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3242 {
3243 /* No region in strings. */
3244 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3245
3246 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3247 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3248
3249 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3250 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3251 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3252 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3253 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
3254 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3255
3256 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3257 if (multibyte >= 0)
3258 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3259
3260 if (s == NULL)
3261 {
3262 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3263 it->string = string;
3264 it->s = NULL;
3265 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3266 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3267 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3268 }
3269 else
3270 {
3271 it->s = s;
3272 it->string = Qnil;
3273
3274 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3275 for displaying C strings. */
3276 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3277 if (it->multibyte_p)
3278 {
3279 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3280 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3281 }
3282 else
3283 {
3284 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3285 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3286 }
3287
3288 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3289 }
3290
3291 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3292 from the string. */
3293 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3294 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3295
3296 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3297 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3298 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3299 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3300 if (field_width < 0)
3301 field_width = INFINITY;
3302 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3303 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3304
3305 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3306 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3307 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3308
3309 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3310 CHECK_IT (it);
3311 }
3312
3313
3314 \f
3315 /***********************************************************************
3316 Iteration
3317 ***********************************************************************/
3318
3319 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3320 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3321 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3322
3323 int
3324 get_next_display_element (it)
3325 struct it *it;
3326 {
3327 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3328 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3329 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3330 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3331 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3332 int charset;
3333
3334 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3335 {
3336 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3337 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3338 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3339 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3340 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3341 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3342 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3343 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3344 it? */
3345 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3346 {
3347 Lisp_Object dv;
3348
3349 if (it->dp
3350 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3351 VECTORP (dv)))
3352 {
3353 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3354
3355 /* Return the first character from the display table
3356 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3357 current character. */
3358 if (v->size)
3359 {
3360 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3361 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3362 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3363 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3364 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3365 }
3366
3367 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3368 }
3369
3370 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3371 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3372 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3373 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3374 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3375
3376 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3377 octal form. */
3378 else if ((it->c < ' '
3379 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3380 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3381 || (it->c >= 127
3382 && it->len == 1)
3383 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3384 {
3385 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3386 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3387 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3388 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3389 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3390 GLYPH g;
3391
3392 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3393 {
3394 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3395 if (it->dp
3396 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3397 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3398 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3399 else
3400 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3401 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3402
3403 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3404 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3405
3406 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3407 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3408 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3409 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3410 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3411 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3412 get_next_display_element (it);
3413 }
3414 else
3415 {
3416 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3417 int len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3418 int i;
3419 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3420
3421 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3422 if (it->dp
3423 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3424 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3425 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3426 else
3427 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3428
3429 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3430 {
3431 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3432 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3433 the octal display of the character. */
3434 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3435 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3436 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3437 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3438 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3439 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3440 }
3441
3442 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3443 from it. */
3444 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3445 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3446 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3447 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3448 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3449 get_next_display_element (it);
3450 }
3451 }
3452 }
3453
3454 /* Adjust face id if charset changes. There are no charset
3455 changes in unibyte text because Emacs' charsets are not
3456 applicable there. */
3457 if (it->multibyte_p
3458 && success_p
3459 && (charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->c),
3460 charset != it->charset))
3461 {
3462 it->charset = charset;
3463 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, charset);
3464 }
3465 }
3466
3467 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3468 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3469 if (it->face_box_p
3470 && it->s == NULL)
3471 {
3472 int face_id;
3473 struct face *face;
3474
3475 it->end_of_box_run_p
3476 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3477 face_id != it->face_id)
3478 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
3479 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
3480 }
3481
3482 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
3483 return success_p;
3484 }
3485
3486
3487 /* Move IT to the next display element.
3488
3489 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
3490 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
3491 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
3492 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
3493 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
3494 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
3495 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
3496 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
3497 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
3498
3499 void
3500 set_iterator_to_next (it)
3501 struct it *it;
3502 {
3503 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
3504 {
3505 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
3506 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
3507 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
3508 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
3509 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
3510 else
3511 {
3512 xassert (it->len != 0);
3513 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3514 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3515 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
3516 }
3517 }
3518 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
3519 {
3520 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
3521 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3522 {
3523 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3524 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
3525 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3526 goto consider_string_end;
3527 }
3528 else
3529 {
3530 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3531 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
3532 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3533 }
3534 }
3535 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
3536 {
3537 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
3538 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3539 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3540 }
3541 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
3542 {
3543 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
3544 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
3545 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
3546 strings. */
3547 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
3548
3549 /* Restore face and charset of the iterator to what they were
3550 before the display vector entry (these entries may contain
3551 faces, and of course characters of different charsets). */
3552 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
3553 it->charset = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id)->charset;
3554
3555 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
3556 {
3557 if (it->s)
3558 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3559 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
3560 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3561 else
3562 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3563
3564 it->dpvec = NULL;
3565 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3566
3567 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
3568 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
3569 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
3570 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
3571 {
3572 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
3573 set_iterator_to_next (it);
3574 }
3575 }
3576 }
3577 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
3578 {
3579 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
3580 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
3581 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3582 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3583
3584 consider_string_end:
3585
3586 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3587 {
3588 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
3589 next, if there is one. */
3590 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3591 next_overlay_string (it);
3592 }
3593 else
3594 {
3595 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
3596 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
3597 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
3598 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
3599 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
3600 && it->sp > 0)
3601 {
3602 pop_it (it);
3603 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
3604 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3605 }
3606 }
3607 }
3608 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
3609 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
3610 {
3611 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
3612 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
3613 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
3614 pop_it (it);
3615 it->image_id = 0;
3616 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3617 {
3618 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3619 goto consider_string_end;
3620 }
3621 else
3622 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3623 }
3624 else
3625 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
3626 abort ();
3627
3628 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of
3629 characters with box. */
3630 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
3631
3632 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
3633 || (STRINGP (it->string)
3634 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
3635 }
3636
3637
3638 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3639 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
3640 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
3641 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
3642
3643 static int
3644 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
3645 struct it *it;
3646 {
3647 /* Precondition. */
3648 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
3649
3650 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
3651 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
3652 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
3653
3654 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
3655 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
3656 {
3657 int lface_id;
3658 GLYPH g;
3659
3660 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
3661 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
3662 it->len = CHAR_LEN (it->c);
3663
3664 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
3665 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
3666 zero means no face. */
3667 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
3668 if (lface_id)
3669 {
3670 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
3671 if (face_id >= 0)
3672 {
3673 it->face_id = face_id;
3674 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
3675 }
3676 }
3677 }
3678 else
3679 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
3680 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3681
3682 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
3683 still the values of the character that had this display table
3684 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
3685 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3686 return 1;
3687 }
3688
3689
3690 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
3691 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
3692 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
3693 overlay string. */
3694
3695 static int
3696 next_element_from_string (it)
3697 struct it *it;
3698 {
3699 struct text_pos position;
3700
3701 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3702 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
3703 position = it->current.string_pos;
3704
3705 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
3706 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
3707 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
3708 {
3709 handle_stop (it);
3710
3711 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
3712 recurse here. */
3713 return get_next_display_element (it);
3714 }
3715
3716 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3717 {
3718 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
3719 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
3720 do. */
3721 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3722 {
3723 it->what = IT_EOB;
3724 return 0;
3725 }
3726 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3727 {
3728 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3729 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3730 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3731 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3732 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
3733 }
3734 else
3735 {
3736 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3737 it->len = 1;
3738 }
3739 }
3740 else
3741 {
3742 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
3743 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
3744 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
3745 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
3746 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3747 {
3748 it->what = IT_EOB;
3749 return 0;
3750 }
3751 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3752 {
3753 /* Pad with spaces. */
3754 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3755 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
3756 }
3757 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3758 {
3759 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3760 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3761 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3762 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3763 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
3764 }
3765 else
3766 {
3767 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3768 it->len = 1;
3769 }
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
3773 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
3774 string position. */
3775 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3776 it->object = it->string;
3777 it->position = position;
3778 return 1;
3779 }
3780
3781
3782 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
3783 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
3784 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
3785 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
3786 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
3787 reached, including padding spaces. */
3788
3789 static int
3790 next_element_from_c_string (it)
3791 struct it *it;
3792 {
3793 int success_p = 1;
3794
3795 xassert (it->s);
3796 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3797 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
3798 it->object = Qnil;
3799
3800 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
3801 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
3802 initialized. */
3803 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3804 {
3805 /* End of the game. */
3806 it->what = IT_EOB;
3807 success_p = 0;
3808 }
3809 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3810 {
3811 /* Pad with spaces. */
3812 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3813 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
3814 }
3815 else if (it->multibyte_p)
3816 {
3817 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
3818 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
3819 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
3820 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3821 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3822 maxlen, &it->len);
3823 }
3824 else
3825 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
3826
3827 return success_p;
3828 }
3829
3830
3831 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
3832 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
3833 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
3834 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
3835
3836 static int
3837 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
3838 struct it *it;
3839 {
3840 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
3841 {
3842 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
3843 {
3844 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
3845 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
3846 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
3847 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3848 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3849 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3850 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3851 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3852 }
3853 else
3854 {
3855 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
3856 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3857 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
3858 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
3859 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3860 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3861 }
3862 }
3863 else
3864 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
3865
3866 return get_next_display_element (it);
3867 }
3868
3869
3870 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
3871 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
3872 is always 1. */
3873
3874
3875 static int
3876 next_element_from_image (it)
3877 struct it *it;
3878 {
3879 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
3880 return 1;
3881 }
3882
3883
3884 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
3885 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
3886 always 1. */
3887
3888 static int
3889 next_element_from_stretch (it)
3890 struct it *it;
3891 {
3892 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
3893 return 1;
3894 }
3895
3896
3897 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
3898 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
3899 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
3900 end. */
3901
3902 static int
3903 next_element_from_buffer (it)
3904 struct it *it;
3905 {
3906 int success_p = 1;
3907
3908 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
3909 if-statement, below. */
3910 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
3911 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
3912
3913 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
3914 {
3915 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3916 {
3917 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
3918
3919 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
3920 haven't been returned yet. */
3921 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
3922 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
3923 else
3924 {
3925 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3926 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
3927 }
3928
3929 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
3930 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3931 else
3932 {
3933 it->what = IT_EOB;
3934 it->position = it->current.pos;
3935 success_p = 0;
3936 }
3937 }
3938 else
3939 {
3940 handle_stop (it);
3941 return get_next_display_element (it);
3942 }
3943 }
3944 else
3945 {
3946 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
3947 character from current_buffer. */
3948 unsigned char *p;
3949
3950 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
3951 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
3952 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
3953 && it->glyph_row
3954 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
3955 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
3956
3957 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
3958 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
3959 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
3960 {
3961 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
3962 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
3963 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
3964 }
3965 else
3966 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
3967
3968 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
3969 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
3970 it->object = it->w->buffer;
3971 it->position = it->current.pos;
3972
3973 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
3974 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
3975 if (it->selective)
3976 {
3977 if (it->c == '\n')
3978 {
3979 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
3980 than that number of columns. */
3981 if (it->selective > 0
3982 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
3983 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
3984 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
3985 it->selective))
3986 {
3987 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
3988 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
3989 }
3990 }
3991 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
3992 {
3993 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
3994 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
3995 ellipsis displayed for it. */
3996 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
3997 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
3998 }
3999 }
4000 }
4001
4002 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4003 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4004 return success_p;
4005 }
4006
4007
4008 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4009
4010 static void
4011 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4012 struct it *it;
4013 {
4014 Lisp_Object args[3];
4015
4016 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4017 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4018 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4019
4020 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4021 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4022 args[1] = it->window;
4023 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4024 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4025
4026 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4027 them again, even if they get an error. */
4028 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4029 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4030
4031 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4032 handle_face_prop (it);
4033 }
4034
4035
4036 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4037 filled with composition information (done in
4038 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4039
4040 static int
4041 next_element_from_composition (it)
4042 struct it *it;
4043 {
4044 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4045 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4046 ? it->current.string_pos
4047 : it->current.pos);
4048 return 1;
4049 }
4050
4051
4052 \f
4053 /***********************************************************************
4054 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4055 ***********************************************************************/
4056
4057 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4058 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4059
4060 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4061 whichever is reached first.
4062
4063 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4064
4065 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4066 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4067 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4068 scrolled.
4069
4070 Value is
4071
4072 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4073 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4074
4075 MOVE_X_REACHED
4076 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4077
4078 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4079 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4080 be continued.
4081
4082 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4083 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4084 truncated.
4085
4086 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4087 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4088 display is on. */
4089
4090 static enum move_it_result
4091 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4092 struct it *it;
4093 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4094 {
4095 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4096 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4097
4098 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4099 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4100 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4101
4102 while (1)
4103 {
4104 int x, i;
4105
4106 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4107 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4108 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4109 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4110 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4111 {
4112 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4113 break;
4114 }
4115
4116 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4117 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4118 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4119 fit on the line. */
4120 x = it->current_x;
4121 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4122
4123 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4124 {
4125 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4126 continue;
4127 }
4128
4129 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4130 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4131 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4132 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4133 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4134 composite character.
4135
4136 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4137 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4138 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4139 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4140 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4141 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4142 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4143 next line.
4144
4145 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4146 the same width. */
4147 if (it->nglyphs)
4148 {
4149 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4150 glyphs have the same width. */
4151 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4152 int new_x;
4153
4154 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4155 {
4156 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4157
4158 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4159 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4160 {
4161 it->current_x = x;
4162 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4163 break;
4164 }
4165 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4166 !it->truncate_lines_p
4167 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4168 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4169 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4170 system frame. */
4171 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4172 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4173 {
4174 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4175 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4176 it->hpos == 0
4177 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4178 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4179 {
4180 ++it->hpos;
4181 it->current_x = new_x;
4182 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4183 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4184 }
4185 else
4186 it->current_x = x;
4187
4188 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4189 break;
4190 }
4191 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4192 {
4193 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4194 would be displayed. */
4195 ++it->hpos;
4196 }
4197 else
4198 {
4199 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4200 area. Nothing to do. */
4201 }
4202 }
4203
4204 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4205 break;
4206 }
4207 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4208 {
4209 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4210 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4211 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4212 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4213 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4214 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4215 break;
4216 }
4217
4218 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4219 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4220 {
4221 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4222 break;
4223 }
4224
4225 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4226 to the next. */
4227 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4228
4229 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4230 past the right edge of the window now. */
4231 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4232 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4233 {
4234 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4235 break;
4236 }
4237 }
4238
4239 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4240 function. */
4241 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4242 return result;
4243 }
4244
4245
4246 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4247 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4248 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4249
4250 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4251 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4252 TO_CHARPOS. */
4253
4254 void
4255 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4256 struct it *it;
4257 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4258 int op;
4259 {
4260 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4261 int line_height;
4262
4263 while (1)
4264 {
4265 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4266 {
4267 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4268 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4269 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4270 {
4271 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4272 break;
4273 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4274 }
4275 else
4276 {
4277 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4278 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4279 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4280
4281 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4282 break;
4283 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4284 {
4285 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4286 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4287 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4288 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4289 break;
4290 }
4291 }
4292 }
4293 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4294 {
4295 struct it it_backup;
4296 int done_p;
4297
4298 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4299 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4300 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4301 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4302 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4303 TO_X.
4304
4305 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4306 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4307 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4308 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4309 to happen. */
4310 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4311 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4312 ? to_x : 0),
4313 (MOVE_TO_X
4314 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4315
4316 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4317 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4318 break;
4319
4320 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4321 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4322 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4323 the line. */
4324 done_p = 0;
4325 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4326 {
4327 it_backup = *it;
4328 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4329 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4330 }
4331
4332 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4333 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4334
4335 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4336 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4337 {
4338 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4339 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4340 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4341 to the ones before skipping. */
4342 *it = it_backup;
4343 done_p = 1;
4344 }
4345 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4346 {
4347 skip = skip2;
4348 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4349 done_p = 1;
4350 }
4351
4352 if (done_p)
4353 break;
4354 }
4355 else
4356 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4357
4358 switch (skip)
4359 {
4360 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4361 return;
4362
4363 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4364 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4365 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4366 break;
4367
4368 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4369 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4370 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4371 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4372 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4373 goto out;
4374 break;
4375
4376 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4377 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4378 break;
4379
4380 default:
4381 abort ();
4382 }
4383
4384 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4385 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4386 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4387 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4388 ++it->vpos;
4389 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4390 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4391 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4392 }
4393 out:;
4394 }
4395
4396
4397 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4398
4399 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4400 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4401 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4402 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4403 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4404
4405 void
4406 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4407 struct it *it;
4408 int dy;
4409 {
4410 int nlines, h, line_height;
4411 struct it it2;
4412 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4413
4414 xassert (dy >= 0);
4415
4416 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4417 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4418
4419 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4420 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4421 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4422
4423 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4424 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4425 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4426 use reseat_1 here. */
4427 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4428
4429 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
4430 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4431
4432 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
4433 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
4434 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
4435 y-distance. */
4436 it2 = *it;
4437 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
4438 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
4439 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4440 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4441 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
4442 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4443 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4444 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
4445 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
4446
4447 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
4448 it->vpos -= nlines;
4449 it->current_y -= h;
4450
4451 if (dy == 0)
4452 {
4453 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
4454 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
4455 if (nlines > 0)
4456 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
4457 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
4458 }
4459 else if (nlines)
4460 {
4461 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
4462 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
4463 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
4464
4465 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
4466 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
4467 if (target_y < it->current_y
4468 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4469 {
4470 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
4471 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4472 }
4473 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
4474 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
4475 {
4476 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
4477 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4478 }
4479 }
4480 }
4481
4482
4483 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
4484 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
4485 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
4486
4487 void
4488 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
4489 struct it *it;
4490 int dy;
4491 {
4492 if (dy <= 0)
4493 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
4494 else if (dy > 0)
4495 {
4496 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
4497 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
4498
4499 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
4500 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
4501 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
4502 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
4503 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
4504 }
4505 }
4506
4507
4508 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
4509 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
4510 property lookup. */
4511
4512 static int
4513 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
4514 struct it *it;
4515 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
4516 {
4517 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
4518 int invisible_found_p;
4519
4520 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
4521
4522 /* Is text at START invisible? */
4523 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
4524 it->window);
4525 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
4526 invisible_found_p = 1;
4527 else
4528 {
4529 limit = next_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
4530 Qinvisible, Qnil,
4531 make_number (end_charpos));
4532 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
4533 }
4534
4535 return invisible_found_p;
4536 }
4537
4538
4539 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
4540 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
4541 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
4542 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
4543
4544 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
4545 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
4546 truncate-lines nil. */
4547
4548 void
4549 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
4550 struct it *it;
4551 int dvpos, need_y_p;
4552 {
4553 struct position pos;
4554
4555 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4556 {
4557 struct text_pos textpos;
4558
4559 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
4560 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
4561 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
4562 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
4563 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
4564 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
4565 }
4566 else if (dvpos == 0)
4567 {
4568 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
4569 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
4570 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
4571 }
4572 else if (dvpos > 0)
4573 {
4574 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4575 selective display, try the simple method of moving forward
4576 DVPOS newlines, then see where we are. */
4577 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4578 {
4579 int shortage = 0, charpos;
4580
4581 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == '\n'))
4582 charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1;
4583 else
4584 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', IT_CHARPOS (*it), 0, dvpos,
4585 &shortage, 0);
4586
4587 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, IT_CHARPOS (*it), charpos))
4588 {
4589 struct text_pos pos;
4590 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4591 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4592 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4593 it->vpos += dvpos - shortage;
4594 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4595 return;
4596 }
4597 }
4598
4599 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4600 }
4601 else
4602 {
4603 struct it it2;
4604 int start_charpos, i;
4605
4606 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4607 selective display, try the simple method of moving backward
4608 -DVPOS newlines. */
4609 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4610 {
4611 int shortage;
4612 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4613 int bytepos = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4614
4615 /* If in the middle of a line, go to its start. */
4616 if (charpos > BEGV && FETCH_BYTE (bytepos - 1) != '\n')
4617 {
4618 charpos = find_next_newline_no_quit (charpos, -1);
4619 bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4620 }
4621
4622 if (charpos == BEGV)
4623 {
4624 struct text_pos pos;
4625 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4626 BYTEPOS (pos) = bytepos;
4627 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4628 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4629 return;
4630 }
4631 else
4632 {
4633 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', charpos - 1, 0, dvpos, &shortage, 0);
4634 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, charpos, IT_CHARPOS (*it)))
4635 {
4636 struct text_pos pos;
4637 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4638 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4639 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4640 it->vpos += dvpos + (shortage ? shortage - 1 : 0);
4641 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4642 return;
4643 }
4644 }
4645 }
4646
4647 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
4648 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4649 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
4650 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4651 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4652 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4653
4654 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
4655 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
4656 it2 = *it;
4657 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
4658 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4659 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
4660 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
4661 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4662
4663 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
4664 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
4665 {
4666 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
4667 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4668 }
4669 }
4670 }
4671
4672
4673 \f
4674 /***********************************************************************
4675 Messages
4676 ***********************************************************************/
4677
4678
4679 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
4680 to *Messages*. */
4681
4682 void
4683 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
4684 char *format;
4685 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
4686 {
4687 Lisp_Object args[3];
4688 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
4689 char *buffer;
4690 int len;
4691 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4692
4693 fmt = msg = Qnil;
4694 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
4695
4696 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
4697 args[1] = arg1;
4698 args[2] = arg2;
4699 msg = Fformat (make_number (3), args);
4700
4701 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
4702 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
4703 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
4704
4705 message_dolog (buffer, len, 1, 0);
4706 UNGCPRO;
4707 }
4708
4709
4710 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
4711
4712 void
4713 message_log_maybe_newline ()
4714 {
4715 if (message_log_need_newline)
4716 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
4717 }
4718
4719
4720 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
4721 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
4722 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
4723 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
4724 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
4725
4726 void
4727 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
4728 char *m;
4729 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
4730 {
4731 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
4732 {
4733 struct buffer *oldbuf;
4734 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
4735 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
4736 int point_at_end = 0;
4737 int zv_at_end = 0;
4738 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
4739 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4740
4741 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
4742 oldbuf = current_buffer;
4743 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (build_string ("*Messages*")));
4744 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
4745
4746 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
4747 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
4748 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
4749 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
4750
4751 if (PT == Z)
4752 point_at_end = 1;
4753 if (ZV == Z)
4754 zv_at_end = 1;
4755
4756 BEGV = BEG;
4757 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
4758 ZV = Z;
4759 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
4760 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
4761
4762 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
4763 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
4764 if (multibyte
4765 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
4766 {
4767 int i, c, nbytes;
4768 unsigned char work[1];
4769
4770 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
4771 for the *Message* buffer. */
4772 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
4773 {
4774 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
4775 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
4776 ? c
4777 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
4778 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
4779 }
4780 }
4781 else if (! multibyte
4782 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
4783 {
4784 int i, c, nbytes;
4785 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
4786 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
4787 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
4788 for the *Message* buffer. */
4789 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4790 {
4791 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
4792 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
4793 insert_1_both (str, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
4794 }
4795 }
4796 else if (len)
4797 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
4798
4799 if (nlflag)
4800 {
4801 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
4802 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
4803
4804 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
4805 this_bol = PT;
4806 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
4807
4808 if (this_bol > BEG)
4809 {
4810 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
4811 prev_bol = PT;
4812 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
4813
4814 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
4815 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
4816 if (dup)
4817 {
4818 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
4819 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
4820 if (dup > 1)
4821 {
4822 char dupstr[40];
4823 int duplen;
4824
4825 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
4826 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
4827 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
4828 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
4829 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
4830 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
4831 }
4832 }
4833 }
4834
4835 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
4836 {
4837 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
4838 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
4839 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
4840 }
4841 }
4842 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
4843 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
4844
4845 if (zv_at_end)
4846 {
4847 ZV = Z;
4848 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
4849 }
4850 else
4851 {
4852 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
4853 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
4854 }
4855
4856 if (point_at_end)
4857 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
4858 else
4859 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
4860 Lisp code. */
4861 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
4862 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
4863
4864 UNGCPRO;
4865 free_marker (oldpoint);
4866 free_marker (oldbegv);
4867 free_marker (oldzv);
4868
4869 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
4870 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
4871 if (NILP (tem))
4872 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
4873 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
4874 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
4875 }
4876 }
4877
4878
4879 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
4880 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
4881 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
4882 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
4883 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
4884
4885 static int
4886 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
4887 int prev_bol, this_bol;
4888 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
4889 {
4890 int i;
4891 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
4892 int seen_dots = 0;
4893 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
4894 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
4895
4896 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4897 {
4898 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.'
4899 && p1[i] != '\n')
4900 seen_dots = 1;
4901 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
4902 return seen_dots;
4903 }
4904 p1 += len;
4905 if (*p1 == '\n')
4906 return 2;
4907 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
4908 {
4909 int n = 0;
4910 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
4911 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
4912 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
4913 return n+1;
4914 }
4915 return 0;
4916 }
4917
4918
4919 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
4920 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
4921 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4922
4923 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4924 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
4925 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
4926 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
4927
4928 void
4929 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
4930 char *m;
4931 int len;
4932 int multibyte;
4933 {
4934 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4935 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4936 if (m)
4937 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
4938 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
4939 }
4940
4941
4942 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
4943
4944 void
4945 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
4946 char *m;
4947 int len;
4948 {
4949 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
4950 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
4951
4952 if (noninteractive)
4953 {
4954 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4955 putc ('\n', stderr);
4956 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4957 if (m)
4958 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
4959 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4960 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4961 fflush (stderr);
4962 }
4963 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4964 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4965 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4966 else if (INTERACTIVE
4967 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
4968 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
4969 {
4970 Lisp_Object mini_window;
4971 struct frame *f;
4972
4973 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4974 that the selected frame is using. */
4975 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
4976 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4977
4978 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
4979 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
4980 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
4981 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4982
4983 if (m)
4984 {
4985 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
4986 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
4987 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4988 }
4989 else
4990 clear_message (1, 1);
4991
4992 do_pending_window_change (0);
4993 echo_area_display (1);
4994 do_pending_window_change (0);
4995 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
4996 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
4997 }
4998 }
4999
5000
5001 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5002 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5003 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5004 text show through. */
5005
5006 void
5007 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5008 Lisp_Object m;
5009 int nbytes;
5010 int multibyte;
5011 {
5012 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5013
5014 GCPRO1 (m);
5015
5016 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5017 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5018 if (STRINGP (m))
5019 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5020 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5021
5022 UNGCPRO;
5023 }
5024
5025
5026 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5027
5028 void
5029 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5030 Lisp_Object m;
5031 int nbytes, multibyte;
5032 {
5033 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5034 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5035
5036 if (noninteractive)
5037 {
5038 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5039 putc ('\n', stderr);
5040 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5041 if (STRINGP (m))
5042 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5043 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5044 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5045 fflush (stderr);
5046 }
5047 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5048 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5049 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5050 else if (INTERACTIVE
5051 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5052 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5053 {
5054 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5055 Lisp_Object frame;
5056 struct frame *f;
5057
5058 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5059 that the selected frame is using. */
5060 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5061 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5062 f = XFRAME (frame);
5063
5064 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5065 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5066 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5067 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5068
5069 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5070 {
5071 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5072 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5073 Fraise_frame (frame);
5074 }
5075 else
5076 clear_message (1, 1);
5077
5078 do_pending_window_change (0);
5079 echo_area_display (1);
5080 do_pending_window_change (0);
5081 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5082 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5083 }
5084 }
5085
5086
5087 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5088 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5089
5090 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5091 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5092 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5093 that was alloca'd. */
5094
5095 void
5096 message1 (m)
5097 char *m;
5098 {
5099 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5100 }
5101
5102
5103 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5104
5105 void
5106 message1_nolog (m)
5107 char *m;
5108 {
5109 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5110 }
5111
5112 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5113 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5114
5115 void
5116 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5117 char *m;
5118 Lisp_Object string;
5119 int log;
5120 {
5121 if (noninteractive)
5122 {
5123 if (m)
5124 {
5125 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5126 putc ('\n', stderr);
5127 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5128 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5129 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5130 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5131 fflush (stderr);
5132 }
5133 }
5134 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5135 {
5136 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5137 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5138 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5139 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5140 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5141
5142 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5143 that the selected frame is using. */
5144 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5145 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5146
5147 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5148 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5149 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5150 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5151 {
5152 int len;
5153 char *a[1];
5154 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5155
5156 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5157 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5158
5159 if (log)
5160 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5161 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5162 else
5163 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5164 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5165
5166 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5167 buffer next time. */
5168 message_buf_print = 0;
5169 }
5170 }
5171 }
5172
5173
5174 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5175 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5176
5177 /* VARARGS 1 */
5178 void
5179 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5180 char *m;
5181 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5182 {
5183 if (noninteractive)
5184 {
5185 if (m)
5186 {
5187 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5188 putc ('\n', stderr);
5189 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5190 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5191 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5192 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5193 fflush (stderr);
5194 }
5195 }
5196 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5197 {
5198 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5199 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5200 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5201 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5202 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5203
5204 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5205 that the selected frame is using. */
5206 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5207 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5208
5209 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5210 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5211 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5212 it. */
5213 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5214 {
5215 if (m)
5216 {
5217 int len;
5218 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5219 char *a[3];
5220 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5221 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5222 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5223
5224 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5225 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5226 #else
5227 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5228 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5229 (char **) &a1);
5230 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5231
5232 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5233 }
5234 else
5235 message1 (0);
5236
5237 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5238 buffer next time. */
5239 message_buf_print = 0;
5240 }
5241 }
5242 }
5243
5244
5245 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5246
5247 void
5248 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5249 char *m;
5250 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5251 {
5252 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5253 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5254 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5255 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5256 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5257 }
5258
5259
5260 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5261 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5262 critical. */
5263
5264 void
5265 update_echo_area ()
5266 {
5267 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5268 {
5269 Lisp_Object string;
5270 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5271 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5272 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5273 }
5274 }
5275
5276
5277 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5278 aren't, make new ones. */
5279
5280 static void
5281 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5282 {
5283 int i;
5284
5285 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5286 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5287 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5288 {
5289 char name[30];
5290 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5291 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5292 }
5293 }
5294
5295
5296 /* Call FN with args A1..A5 with either the current or last displayed
5297 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5298
5299 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5300 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5301 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5302
5303 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5304 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5305
5306 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5307 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5308 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5309
5310 Value is what FN returns. */
5311
5312 static int
5313 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
5314 struct window *w;
5315 int which;
5316 int (*fn) ();
5317 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5;
5318 {
5319 Lisp_Object buffer;
5320 int i, this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5321 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
5322
5323 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5324 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5325
5326 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5327
5328 if (which == 0)
5329 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5330 else if (which > 0)
5331 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5332 else
5333 {
5334 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5335 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5336
5337 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5338 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5339 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5340 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5341 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5342 }
5343
5344 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5345 have one. */
5346 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5347 {
5348 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5349 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5350 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5351 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5352 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5353 }
5354
5355 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5356
5357 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5358 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5359
5360 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5361 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5362 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5363 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5364 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5365 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5366 aborts. */
5367 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5368 if (w)
5369 {
5370 w->buffer = buffer;
5371 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5372 }
5373 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5374 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5375 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5376
5377 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5378 del_range (BEG, Z);
5379
5380 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5381 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5382
5383 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4, a5);
5384
5385 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5386 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5387
5388 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5389 return rc;
5390 }
5391
5392
5393 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5394 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5395
5396 static Lisp_Object
5397 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5398 struct window *w;
5399 {
5400 int i = 0;
5401 Lisp_Object vector;
5402
5403 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5404 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5405 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5406 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5407
5408 if (NILP (vector))
5409 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5410
5411 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5412 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5413 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5414
5415 if (w)
5416 {
5417 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5418 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5419 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5420 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5421 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5422 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5423 }
5424 else
5425 {
5426 int end = i + 4;
5427 while (i < end)
5428 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5429 }
5430
5431 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5432 return vector;
5433 }
5434
5435
5436 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5437 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5438
5439 static Lisp_Object
5440 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5441 Lisp_Object vector;
5442 {
5443 int i = 0;
5444
5445 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i])); ++i;
5446 Vdeactivate_mark = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5447 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5448
5449 if (WINDOWP (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]))
5450 {
5451 struct window *w;
5452 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5453
5454 w = XWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5455 buffer = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5456 charpos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5457 bytepos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5458
5459 w->buffer = buffer;
5460 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
5461 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
5462 }
5463
5464 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
5465 return Qnil;
5466 }
5467
5468
5469 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
5470 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
5471
5472 void
5473 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
5474 int multibyte_p;
5475 {
5476 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5477
5478 if (!message_buf_print)
5479 {
5480 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
5481 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
5482 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
5483 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
5484 else
5485 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
5486
5487 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
5488 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5489 if (Z > BEG)
5490 del_range (BEG, Z);
5491 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5492
5493 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
5494 if (multibyte_p
5495 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5496 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
5497
5498 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
5499 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5500 {
5501 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5502 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5503 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5504 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5505 }
5506
5507 message_buf_print = 1;
5508 }
5509 else if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5510 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
5511 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5512 }
5513
5514
5515 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
5516 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
5517 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
5518 display the current message. */
5519
5520 static int
5521 display_echo_area (w)
5522 struct window *w;
5523 {
5524 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p;
5525
5526 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
5527 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
5528 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
5529 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
5530 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
5531 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
5532
5533 window_height_changed_p
5534 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
5535 (int (*) ()) display_echo_area_1, w);
5536
5537 if (no_message_p)
5538 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
5539
5540 return window_height_changed_p;
5541 }
5542
5543
5544 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
5545 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window.
5546 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
5547 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
5548
5549 static int
5550 display_echo_area_1 (w)
5551 struct window *w;
5552 {
5553 Lisp_Object window;
5554 struct text_pos start;
5555 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5556
5557 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
5558 matrix for the display. */
5559 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
5560
5561 /* Display. */
5562 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
5563 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
5564 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5565 try_window (window, start);
5566
5567 return window_height_changed_p;
5568 }
5569
5570
5571 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
5572 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
5573
5574 void
5575 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
5576 {
5577 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
5578 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
5579 {
5580 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
5581 int resized_p;
5582
5583 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0,
5584 (int (*) ()) resize_mini_window,
5585 w, 1);
5586 if (resized_p)
5587 {
5588 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5589 ++update_mode_lines;
5590 redisplay_internal (0);
5591 }
5592 }
5593 }
5594
5595
5596 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
5597 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
5598 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
5599 the window height has been changed. */
5600
5601 int
5602 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
5603 struct window *w;
5604 int exact_p;
5605 {
5606 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5607 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5608
5609 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
5610
5611 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
5612 if (NILP (Vmax_mini_window_height)
5613 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
5614 return 0;
5615
5616 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
5617 {
5618 struct it it;
5619 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
5620 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
5621 int height, max_height;
5622 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5623 struct text_pos start;
5624
5625 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5626
5627 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
5628 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5629 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
5630 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5631 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
5632 else
5633 max_height = total_height / 4;
5634
5635 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
5636 max_height = max (1, max_height);
5637 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
5638
5639 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
5640 last_height = 0;
5641 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5642 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
5643 height = it.current_y + last_height;
5644 else
5645 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
5646 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
5647
5648 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
5649 if (height > max_height)
5650 {
5651 height = max_height;
5652 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5653 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
5654 start = it.current.pos;
5655 }
5656 else
5657 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
5658 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
5659
5660 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
5661 case the window shrinks again. */
5662 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
5663 {
5664 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
5665 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
5666 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
5667 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
5668 }
5669 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
5670 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
5671 {
5672 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
5673 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
5674 shrink_mini_window (w);
5675 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
5676 }
5677 }
5678
5679 return window_height_changed_p;
5680 }
5681
5682
5683 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
5684 current message. */
5685
5686 Lisp_Object
5687 current_message ()
5688 {
5689 Lisp_Object msg;
5690
5691 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5692 msg = Qnil;
5693 else
5694 {
5695 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) current_message_1, &msg);
5696 if (NILP (msg))
5697 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5698 }
5699
5700 return msg;
5701 }
5702
5703
5704 static int
5705 current_message_1 (msg)
5706 Lisp_Object *msg;
5707 {
5708 if (Z > BEG)
5709 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
5710 else
5711 *msg = Qnil;
5712 return 0;
5713 }
5714
5715
5716 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
5717 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
5718 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
5719 worth optimizing. */
5720
5721 int
5722 push_message ()
5723 {
5724 Lisp_Object msg;
5725 msg = current_message ();
5726 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
5727 return STRINGP (msg);
5728 }
5729
5730
5731 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
5732
5733 void
5734 restore_message ()
5735 {
5736 Lisp_Object msg;
5737
5738 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
5739 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
5740 if (STRINGP (msg))
5741 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
5742 else
5743 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
5744 }
5745
5746
5747 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
5748
5749 void
5750 pop_message ()
5751 {
5752 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
5753 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
5754 }
5755
5756
5757 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
5758 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
5759 somewhere. */
5760
5761 void
5762 check_message_stack ()
5763 {
5764 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
5765 abort ();
5766 }
5767
5768
5769 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
5770 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
5771
5772 void
5773 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
5774 int nchars;
5775 {
5776 if (nchars == 0)
5777 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5778 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5779 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5780 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5781 else if (!noninteractive
5782 && INTERACTIVE
5783 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5784 {
5785 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5786 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5787 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) truncate_message_1, nchars);
5788 }
5789 }
5790
5791
5792 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
5793 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
5794
5795 static int
5796 truncate_message_1 (nchars)
5797 int nchars;
5798 {
5799 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
5800 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
5801 if (Z == BEG)
5802 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5803 return 0;
5804 }
5805
5806
5807 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
5808
5809 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
5810 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
5811 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
5812
5813 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
5814 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
5815 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
5816
5817 void
5818 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
5819 char *s;
5820 Lisp_Object string;
5821 int nbytes;
5822 {
5823 message_enable_multibyte
5824 = ((s && multibyte_p)
5825 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
5826
5827 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, (int (*) ()) set_message_1,
5828 s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
5829 message_buf_print = 0;
5830 }
5831
5832
5833 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
5834 as there. This function is called with the echo area buffer being
5835 current. */
5836
5837 static int
5838 set_message_1 (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
5839 char *s;
5840 Lisp_Object string;
5841 int nbytes, multibyte_p;
5842 {
5843 xassert (BEG == Z);
5844
5845 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
5846 if (message_enable_multibyte
5847 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5848 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
5849
5850 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
5851 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5852
5853 if (STRINGP (string))
5854 {
5855 int nchars;
5856
5857 if (nbytes == 0)
5858 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
5859 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
5860
5861 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
5862 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
5863 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
5864 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
5865 }
5866 else if (s)
5867 {
5868 if (nbytes == 0)
5869 nbytes = strlen (s);
5870
5871 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5872 {
5873 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
5874 int i, c, n;
5875 unsigned char work[1];
5876
5877 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
5878 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
5879 {
5880 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
5881 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5882 ? c
5883 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5884 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5885 }
5886 }
5887 else if (!multibyte_p
5888 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5889 {
5890 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
5891 int i, c, n;
5892 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
5893 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5894
5895 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
5896 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5897 {
5898 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5899 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5900 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
5901 }
5902 }
5903 else
5904 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5905 }
5906
5907 return 0;
5908 }
5909
5910
5911 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
5912 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
5913 last displayed. */
5914
5915 void
5916 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
5917 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
5918 {
5919 if (current_p)
5920 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5921
5922 if (last_displayed_p)
5923 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
5924
5925 message_buf_print = 0;
5926 }
5927
5928 /* Clear garbaged frames.
5929
5930 This function is used where the old redisplay called
5931 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
5932 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
5933 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
5934 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
5935 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
5936
5937 static void
5938 clear_garbaged_frames ()
5939 {
5940 if (frame_garbaged)
5941 {
5942 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
5943
5944 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
5945 {
5946 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5947
5948 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5949 {
5950 clear_current_matrices (f);
5951 f->garbaged = 0;
5952 }
5953 }
5954
5955 frame_garbaged = 0;
5956 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5957 }
5958 }
5959
5960
5961 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
5962 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
5963 mini-windows height has been changed. */
5964
5965 static int
5966 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
5967 int update_frame_p;
5968 {
5969 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5970 struct window *w;
5971 struct frame *f;
5972 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5973 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5974
5975 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5976 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
5977 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5978
5979 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
5980 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
5981 return 0;
5982
5983 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
5984 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
5985 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
5986 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
5987 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
5988 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
5989 return 0;
5990 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
5991
5992 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
5993 if (frame_garbaged)
5994 clear_garbaged_frames ();
5995
5996 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
5997 {
5998 echo_area_window = mini_window;
5999 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6000 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6001
6002 if (update_frame_p)
6003 {
6004 /* Not called from redisplay_internal. If we changed
6005 window configuration, we must redisplay thoroughly.
6006 Otherwise, we can do with updating what we displayed
6007 above. */
6008 if (window_height_changed_p)
6009 {
6010 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6011 ++update_mode_lines;
6012 redisplay_internal (0);
6013 }
6014 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
6015 {
6016 update_single_window (w, 1);
6017 rif->flush_display (f);
6018 }
6019 else
6020 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6021 }
6022 }
6023 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6024 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6025
6026 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6027 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6028
6029 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6030 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6031 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6032 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6033 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6034
6035 return window_height_changed_p;
6036 }
6037
6038
6039 \f
6040 /***********************************************************************
6041 Frame Titles
6042 ***********************************************************************/
6043
6044
6045 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6046
6047 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6048 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6049
6050 static char *frame_title_buf;
6051
6052 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6053
6054 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6055 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6056
6057
6058 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6059 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6060
6061 static void
6062 store_frame_title_char (c)
6063 char c;
6064 {
6065 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6066 double the buffer's size. */
6067 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6068 {
6069 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6070 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6071 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6072 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6073 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6074 }
6075
6076 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6077 }
6078
6079
6080 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6081 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
6082 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
6083 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
6084 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
6085 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
6086 title. */
6087
6088 static int
6089 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6090 unsigned char *str;
6091 int field_width, precision;
6092 {
6093 int n = 0;
6094
6095 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6096 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
6097 && *str)
6098 {
6099 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6100 ++n;
6101 }
6102
6103 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6104 while (field_width > 0
6105 && n < field_width)
6106 {
6107 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6108 ++n;
6109 }
6110
6111 return n;
6112 }
6113
6114
6115 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6116 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6117 frame_title_format. */
6118
6119 static void
6120 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6121 Lisp_Object frame;
6122 {
6123 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6124
6125 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6126 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6127 || f->explicit_name)
6128 {
6129 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6130 Lisp_Object tail;
6131 Lisp_Object fmt;
6132 struct buffer *obuf;
6133 int len;
6134 struct it it;
6135
6136 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6137 {
6138 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6139
6140 if (tf != f
6141 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6142 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6143 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6144 break;
6145 }
6146
6147 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6148 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6149
6150 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6151 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6152 then display the title. */
6153 obuf = current_buffer;
6154 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6155 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6156 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6157 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6158 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6159 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6160 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6161 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6162
6163 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6164 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6165 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6166 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6167 higher level than this.) */
6168 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6169 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6170 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6171 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6172 }
6173 }
6174
6175 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6176
6177 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6178 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6179
6180 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6181
6182
6183
6184 \f
6185 /***********************************************************************
6186 Menu Bars
6187 ***********************************************************************/
6188
6189
6190 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6191 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6192
6193 void
6194 prepare_menu_bars ()
6195 {
6196 int all_windows;
6197 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6198 struct frame *f;
6199 struct frame *tooltip_frame;
6200
6201 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6202 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6203 #else
6204 tooltip_frame = NULL;
6205 #endif
6206
6207 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6208 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6209 up-to-date frame titles. */
6210 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6211 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6212 {
6213 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6214
6215 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6216 {
6217 f = XFRAME (frame);
6218 if (f != tooltip_frame
6219 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6220 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6221 }
6222 }
6223 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6224
6225 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6226 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6227 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6228 || buffer_shared > 1
6229 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6230 if (all_windows)
6231 {
6232 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6233 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6234
6235 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6236
6237 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6238 {
6239 f = XFRAME (frame);
6240
6241 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6242 if (f == tooltip_frame)
6243 continue;
6244
6245 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6246 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6247 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6248 {
6249 Lisp_Object functions;
6250
6251 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6252 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6253 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6254 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6255
6256 while (CONSP (functions))
6257 {
6258 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6259 functions = XCDR (functions);
6260 }
6261 UNGCPRO;
6262 }
6263
6264 GCPRO1 (tail);
6265 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6266 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6267 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6268 #endif
6269 UNGCPRO;
6270 }
6271
6272 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6273 }
6274 else
6275 {
6276 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6277 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6278 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6279 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6280 #endif
6281 }
6282
6283 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6284 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6285 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6286 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6287 #endif
6288 }
6289
6290
6291 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6292 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6293 eval.
6294
6295 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6296
6297 static void
6298 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6299 struct frame *f;
6300 int save_match_data;
6301 {
6302 Lisp_Object window;
6303 register struct window *w;
6304
6305 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6306 w = XWINDOW (window);
6307
6308 if (update_mode_lines)
6309 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6310
6311 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6312 ?
6313 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6314 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6315 #else
6316 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6317 #endif
6318 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6319 {
6320 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6321 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6322 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6323 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6324 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6325 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6326 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6327 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6328 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6329 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6330 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6331 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6332 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6333 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6334 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6335 {
6336 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6337 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6338
6339 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6340 if (save_match_data)
6341 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6342 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6343 {
6344 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6345 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6346 }
6347
6348 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
6349 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
6350
6351 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
6352 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
6353 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
6354 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
6355
6356 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
6357 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
6358
6359 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
6360 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6361 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
6362 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
6363 else
6364 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6365 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6366 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6367 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6368 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6369 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6370 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6371 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6372
6373 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6374 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6375 }
6376 }
6377 }
6378
6379
6380 \f
6381 /***********************************************************************
6382 Tool-bars
6383 ***********************************************************************/
6384
6385 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6386
6387 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6388 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
6389 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
6390 and restore it here. */
6391
6392 static void
6393 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
6394 struct frame *f;
6395 int save_match_data;
6396 {
6397 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6398 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
6399 {
6400 Lisp_Object window;
6401 struct window *w;
6402
6403 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6404 w = XWINDOW (window);
6405
6406 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6407 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6408 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6409 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6410 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6411 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6412 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6413 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6414 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6415 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6416 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6417 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6418 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6419 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6420 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6421 {
6422 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6423 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6424
6425 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
6426 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
6427 keymaps. */
6428 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6429
6430 /* Save match data, if we must. */
6431 if (save_match_data)
6432 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6433
6434 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
6435 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6436 {
6437 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6438 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6439 }
6440
6441 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
6442 f->desired_tool_bar_items
6443 = tool_bar_items (f->desired_tool_bar_items,
6444 &f->n_desired_tool_bar_items);
6445
6446 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
6447 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6448
6449 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6450 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6451 }
6452 }
6453 }
6454
6455
6456 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
6457 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->desired_tool_bar_items must have
6458 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
6459
6460 static void
6461 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
6462 struct frame *f;
6463 {
6464 int i, size, size_needed, string_idx;
6465 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
6466 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
6467
6468 image = plist = props = Qnil;
6469 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
6470
6471 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
6472 Otherwise, make a new string. */
6473
6474 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
6475 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
6476 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
6477 : 0);
6478
6479 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
6480 and there is a space at the end. */
6481 size_needed = f->n_desired_tool_bar_items + 1;
6482
6483 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
6484 if (size < size_needed)
6485 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed), ' ');
6486 else
6487 {
6488 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
6489 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
6490 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6491 }
6492
6493 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
6494 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
6495 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
6496 for (i = 0, string_idx = 0;
6497 i < f->n_desired_tool_bar_items;
6498 ++i, string_idx += 1)
6499 {
6500 #define PROP(IDX) \
6501 (XVECTOR (f->desired_tool_bar_items) \
6502 ->contents[i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)])
6503
6504 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
6505 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
6506 int margin, relief;
6507 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCalgorithm, Qimage;
6508 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
6509
6510 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
6511 button state. */
6512 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
6513 if (VECTORP (image))
6514 {
6515 enum tool_bar_item_image idx;
6516
6517 if (enabled_p)
6518 idx = (selected_p
6519 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
6520 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
6521 else
6522 idx = (selected_p
6523 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
6524 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
6525
6526 xassert (XVECTOR (image)->size >= idx);
6527 image = XVECTOR (image)->contents[idx];
6528 }
6529
6530 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
6531 if (!valid_image_p (image))
6532 continue;
6533
6534 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
6535 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
6536
6537 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
6538 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
6539 margin = relief + max (0, tool_bar_button_margin);
6540
6541 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
6542 {
6543 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
6544 selected. */
6545 if (selected_p)
6546 {
6547 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
6548 margin -= relief;
6549 }
6550 }
6551 else
6552 {
6553 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
6554 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
6555 raised relief. */
6556 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
6557 (selected_p
6558 ? make_number (-relief)
6559 : make_number (relief)));
6560 margin -= relief;
6561 }
6562
6563 /* Put a margin around the image. */
6564 if (margin)
6565 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (margin));
6566
6567 /* If button is not enabled, make the image appear disabled by
6568 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
6569 if (!enabled_p)
6570 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCalgorithm, Qlaplace);
6571
6572 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
6573 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
6574 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
6575 vector. */
6576 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
6577 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
6578 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS)),
6579 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx),
6580 make_number (string_idx + 1),
6581 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6582 #undef PROP
6583 }
6584
6585 UNGCPRO;
6586 }
6587
6588
6589 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
6590
6591 static void
6592 display_tool_bar_line (it)
6593 struct it *it;
6594 {
6595 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
6596 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
6597 struct glyph *last;
6598
6599 prepare_desired_row (row);
6600 row->y = it->current_y;
6601
6602 while (it->current_x < max_x)
6603 {
6604 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
6605
6606 /* Get the next display element. */
6607 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
6608 break;
6609
6610 /* Produce glyphs. */
6611 x_before = it->current_x;
6612 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6613 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
6614
6615 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
6616 i = 0;
6617 x = x_before;
6618 while (i < nglyphs)
6619 {
6620 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
6621
6622 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
6623 {
6624 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
6625 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
6626 it->current_x = x;
6627 goto out;
6628 }
6629
6630 ++it->hpos;
6631 x += glyph->pixel_width;
6632 ++i;
6633 }
6634
6635 /* Stop at line ends. */
6636 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
6637 break;
6638
6639 set_iterator_to_next (it);
6640 }
6641
6642 out:;
6643
6644 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
6645 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
6646 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
6647 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
6648 compute_line_metrics (it);
6649
6650 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
6651 if (!row->displays_text_p)
6652 {
6653 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
6654 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
6655 }
6656
6657 row->full_width_p = 1;
6658 row->continued_p = 0;
6659 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
6660 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
6661
6662 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
6663 it->current_y += row->height;
6664 ++it->vpos;
6665 ++it->glyph_row;
6666 }
6667
6668
6669 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
6670 items of frame F visible. */
6671
6672 static int
6673 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
6674 struct frame *f;
6675 {
6676 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
6677 struct it it;
6678
6679 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
6680 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
6681 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
6682 it.first_visible_x = 0;
6683 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
6684 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6685
6686 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
6687 {
6688 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
6689 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
6690 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
6691 }
6692
6693 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6694 }
6695
6696
6697 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
6698 height should be changed. */
6699
6700 static int
6701 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
6702 struct frame *f;
6703 {
6704 struct window *w;
6705 struct it it;
6706 struct glyph_row *row;
6707 int change_height_p = 0;
6708
6709 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
6710 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
6711 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
6712 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
6713 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6714 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
6715 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
6716 return 0;
6717
6718 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
6719 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
6720 it.first_visible_x = 0;
6721 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
6722 row = it.glyph_row;
6723
6724 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
6725 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
6726 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6727
6728 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
6729 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
6730 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
6731
6732 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
6733 window, so don't do it. */
6734 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
6735 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6736
6737 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
6738 {
6739 int nlines;
6740
6741 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
6742 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
6743 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
6744 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
6745 if (!row->displays_text_p
6746 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
6747 change_height_p = 1;
6748
6749 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
6750 change the tool-bar's height. */
6751 if (row->displays_text_p
6752 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
6753 change_height_p = 1;
6754
6755 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
6756 frame parameter. */
6757 if (change_height_p
6758 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
6759 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
6760 {
6761 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
6762 Lisp_Object frame;
6763
6764 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6765 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6766 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
6767 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
6768 make_number (nlines)),
6769 Qnil));
6770 fonts_changed_p = 1;
6771 }
6772 }
6773
6774 return change_height_p;
6775 }
6776
6777
6778 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
6779 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
6780 properties start in F->current_tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
6781 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
6782
6783 int
6784 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
6785 struct frame *f;
6786 struct glyph *glyph;
6787 int *prop_idx;
6788 {
6789 Lisp_Object prop;
6790 int success_p;
6791
6792 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
6793 property is the start index of this item's properties in
6794 F->current_tool_bar_items. */
6795 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6796 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
6797 if (INTEGERP (prop))
6798 {
6799 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
6800 success_p = 1;
6801 }
6802 else
6803 success_p = 0;
6804
6805 return success_p;
6806 }
6807
6808 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6809
6810
6811 \f
6812 /************************************************************************
6813 Horizontal scrolling
6814 ************************************************************************/
6815
6816 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
6817 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
6818
6819 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
6820 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
6821 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
6822 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
6823 changed. */
6824
6825 static int
6826 hscroll_window_tree (window)
6827 Lisp_Object window;
6828 {
6829 int hscrolled_p = 0;
6830
6831 while (WINDOWP (window))
6832 {
6833 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
6834
6835 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
6836 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
6837 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
6838 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
6839 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
6840 {
6841 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
6842 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
6843 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
6844 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
6845 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
6846 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
6847 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
6848 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
6849 ? desired_cursor_row
6850 : current_cursor_row);
6851
6852 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
6853 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
6854
6855 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
6856 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
6857
6858 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
6859 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
6860 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
6861 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
6862 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
6863 {
6864 struct it it;
6865 int hscroll;
6866 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
6867 int pt;
6868
6869 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
6870 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6871 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6872
6873 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
6874 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
6875 else
6876 {
6877 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
6878 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
6879 pt = min (ZV, pt);
6880 }
6881
6882 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
6883 a line with infinite width. */
6884 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
6885 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
6886 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6887 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
6888
6889 /* Center cursor in window. */
6890 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
6891 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
6892
6893 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
6894 changed because it will prevent redisplay
6895 optimizations. */
6896 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
6897 {
6898 Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_number (hscroll));
6899 hscrolled_p = 1;
6900 }
6901 }
6902 }
6903
6904 window = w->next;
6905 }
6906
6907 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
6908 return hscrolled_p;
6909 }
6910
6911
6912 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
6913 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
6914 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
6915 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
6916 of WINDOW are cleared. */
6917
6918 static int
6919 hscroll_windows (window)
6920 Lisp_Object window;
6921 {
6922 int hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
6923 if (hscrolled_p)
6924 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
6925 return hscrolled_p;
6926 }
6927
6928
6929 \f
6930 /************************************************************************
6931 Redisplay
6932 ************************************************************************/
6933
6934 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
6935 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
6936 session. */
6937
6938 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
6939
6940 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
6941
6942 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
6943 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
6944
6945 /* Delta vpos and y. */
6946
6947 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
6948
6949 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
6950
6951 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
6952
6953 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
6954 try_window_id. */
6955
6956 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
6957
6958 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
6959 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
6960 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
6961 resulting string to stderr. */
6962
6963 static void
6964 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
6965 struct window *w;
6966 char *fmt;
6967 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
6968 {
6969 char buffer[512];
6970 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
6971 int len = strlen (method);
6972 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
6973 int remaining = size - len - 1;
6974
6975 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
6976 if (len && remaining)
6977 {
6978 method[len] = '|';
6979 --remaining, ++len;
6980 }
6981
6982 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
6983
6984 if (trace_redisplay_p)
6985 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
6986 w,
6987 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
6988 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
6989 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
6990 : "no buffer"),
6991 buffer);
6992 }
6993
6994 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
6995
6996
6997 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
6998 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
6999 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7000 cleared. */
7001
7002 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7003 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7004
7005 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7006
7007 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7008
7009 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7010
7011 int redisplaying_p;
7012
7013
7014 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7015 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7016 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7017 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7018
7019 static INLINE int
7020 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7021 struct window *w;
7022 int start, end;
7023 {
7024 int unchanged_p = 1;
7025
7026 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7027 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7028 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7029 {
7030 /* Gap in the line? */
7031 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7032 unchanged_p = 0;
7033
7034 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7035 if (unchanged_p
7036 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7037 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7038 unchanged_p = 0;
7039
7040 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7041 beginning of the line. */
7042 if (unchanged_p
7043 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7044 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7045 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7046 unchanged_p = 0;
7047 }
7048
7049 return unchanged_p;
7050 }
7051
7052
7053 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7054 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7055
7056 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7057 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7058 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7059
7060 void
7061 redisplay ()
7062 {
7063 redisplay_internal (0);
7064 }
7065
7066 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7067 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7068 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7069
7070 int
7071 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7072 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7073 int prev_pt, pt;
7074 {
7075 int start, end;
7076 Lisp_Object prop;
7077 Lisp_Object buffer;
7078
7079 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7080 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7081 same buffer. */
7082 if (prev_buf == buf)
7083 {
7084 if (prev_pt == pt)
7085 /* Point didn't move. */
7086 return 0;
7087
7088 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7089 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7090 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7091 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7092 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7093 point moved out of the composition. */
7094 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7095 }
7096
7097 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7098 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7099 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7100 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7101 && start < pt && end > pt);
7102 }
7103
7104 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7105 in window W. */
7106
7107 static INLINE void
7108 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7109 struct window *w;
7110 struct buffer *b;
7111 {
7112 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7113 b->clip_changed = 1;
7114 else if (b->clip_changed
7115 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7116 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7117 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7118 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7119 b->clip_changed = 0;
7120
7121 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7122 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7123 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7124 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7125 check. */
7126 if (!b->clip_changed
7127 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7128 {
7129 int pt;
7130
7131 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7132 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7133 else
7134 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7135
7136 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7137 || pt != w->last_point)
7138 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7139 w->last_point,
7140 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7141 b->clip_changed = 1;
7142 }
7143 }
7144
7145
7146 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7147 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7148 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7149 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7150 causes some problems. */
7151
7152 static void
7153 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7154 int preserve_echo_area;
7155 {
7156 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7157 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7158 int pause;
7159 int must_finish = 0;
7160 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7161 int number_of_visible_frames;
7162 int count;
7163 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7164
7165 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7166 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7167 int consider_all_windows_p;
7168
7169 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7170
7171 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7172 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7173 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7174 if (noninteractive
7175 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7176 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7177 return;
7178
7179 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7180 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7181 update necessary. */
7182 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7183 {
7184 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7185 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7186 return;
7187 }
7188
7189 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7190 if (popup_activated ())
7191 return;
7192 #endif
7193
7194 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7195 if (redisplaying_p)
7196 return;
7197
7198 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7199 when we leave this function. */
7200 count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
7201 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7202 ++redisplaying_p;
7203
7204 retry:
7205
7206 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7207
7208 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7209 necessary, do it. */
7210 if (fonts_changed_p)
7211 {
7212 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7213 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7214 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7215 }
7216
7217 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7218 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7219 {
7220 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7221 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7222 thing. */
7223 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7224 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7225 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7226 }
7227 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7228
7229 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7230 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7231 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7232 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7233 {
7234 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7235
7236 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
7237
7238 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7239 {
7240 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7241
7242 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
7243 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
7244 ++number_of_visible_frames;
7245 clear_desired_matrices (f);
7246 }
7247 }
7248
7249 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
7250 do_pending_window_change (1);
7251
7252 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
7253 if (frame_garbaged)
7254 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7255
7256 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
7257 prepare_menu_bars ();
7258
7259 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
7260 update_mode_lines++;
7261
7262 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7263 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7264 {
7265 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7266 if (buffer_shared > 1)
7267 update_mode_lines++;
7268 }
7269
7270 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7271 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
7272 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7273 where no change is needed. */
7274 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7275 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
7276 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7277 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
7278 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7279
7280 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
7281
7282 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
7283 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
7284 there. */
7285 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
7286
7287 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
7288 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
7289 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
7290 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
7291 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7292
7293 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
7294 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
7295 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
7296 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
7297 the echo area should be cleared. */
7298 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7299 {
7300 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
7301 must_finish = 1;
7302
7303 if (fonts_changed_p)
7304 goto retry;
7305 else if (window_height_changed_p)
7306 {
7307 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7308 ++update_mode_lines;
7309 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7310
7311 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7312 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7313 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7314 if (frame_garbaged)
7315 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7316 }
7317 }
7318 else if (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
7319 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
7320 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7321 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7322 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
7323 {
7324 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
7325 showing if its contents might have changed. */
7326 must_finish = 1;
7327 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7328 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7329 ++update_mode_lines;
7330
7331 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7332 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7333 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7334 if (frame_garbaged)
7335 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7336 }
7337
7338
7339 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
7340 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
7341 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
7342 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7343 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7344 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
7345 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
7346 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
7347 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
7348 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7349
7350 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
7351 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
7352 set in display_line and record information about the line
7353 containing the cursor. */
7354 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
7355 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
7356 if (!consider_all_windows_p
7357 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
7358 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7359 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
7360 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7361 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7362 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
7363 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
7364 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7365 && NILP (w->force_start)
7366 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
7367 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
7368 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7369 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
7370 must be unchanged */
7371 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
7372 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
7373 {
7374 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
7375 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
7376 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
7377 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
7378 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
7379 goto cancel;
7380 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7381 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
7382 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
7383 {
7384 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
7385 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
7386 line 885).
7387
7388 For instance, in the following case:
7389
7390 -------- Insert --------
7391 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
7392 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
7393 ^^ ^^
7394 -------- --------
7395
7396 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
7397
7398 struct it it;
7399 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
7400
7401 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
7402 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
7403 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
7404
7405 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
7406 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
7407 goto cancel;
7408
7409 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
7410 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
7411 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
7412 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7413 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7414 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
7415 display_line (&it);
7416
7417 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
7418 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
7419 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
7420 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
7421 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
7422 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7423 /* Line ends as before. */
7424 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7425 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
7426 would have to be shifted up or down. */
7427 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
7428 {
7429 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
7430 the charstarts of the lines below. */
7431 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7432 {
7433 struct glyph_row *row
7434 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
7435 int delta, delta_bytes;
7436
7437 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
7438 {
7439 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
7440 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
7441 delta = (Z
7442 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7443 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7444 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7445 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7446 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7447 }
7448 else
7449 {
7450 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
7451 account of the newline and the rest of the
7452 text that follows. */
7453 delta = (Z
7454 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7455 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7456 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7457 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7458 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7459 }
7460
7461 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (w->current_matrix,
7462 this_line_vpos + 1,
7463 w->current_matrix->nrows,
7464 delta, delta_bytes);
7465 }
7466
7467 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
7468 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
7469 adjusted. */
7470 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
7471 {
7472 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
7473 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
7474 }
7475 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
7476 && this_line_vpos > 0)
7477 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
7478 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
7479
7480 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
7481 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7482
7483 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7484 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
7485 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
7486 #endif
7487 goto update;
7488 }
7489 else
7490 goto cancel;
7491 }
7492 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
7493 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7494 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
7495 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
7496 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
7497 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
7498 {
7499 if (!must_finish)
7500 {
7501 do_pending_window_change (1);
7502
7503 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
7504 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
7505 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
7506 goto end_of_redisplay;
7507 }
7508 goto update;
7509 }
7510 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
7511 then we can't just move the cursor. */
7512 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7513 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
7514 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7515 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7516 && NILP (w->region_showing)
7517 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
7518 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
7519 {
7520 struct it it;
7521 struct glyph_row *row;
7522
7523 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
7524 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
7525 next visible position. */
7526 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
7527 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
7528 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
7529 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7530 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7531
7532 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
7533 moves over before-strings. */
7534 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7535
7536 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
7537 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
7538 row->enabled_p))
7539 {
7540 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
7541 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
7542 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7543 goto update;
7544 }
7545 else
7546 goto cancel;
7547 }
7548
7549 cancel:
7550 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
7551 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
7552 }
7553
7554 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7555 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
7556 ++clear_face_cache_count;
7557
7558
7559 /* Build desired matrices. If consider_all_windows_p is non-zero,
7560 do it for all windows on all frames. Otherwise do it for
7561 selected_window, only. */
7562
7563 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7564 {
7565 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7566
7567 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
7568 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
7569 {
7570 clear_face_cache (0);
7571 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
7572 }
7573
7574 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
7575 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
7576 buffer_shared = 0;
7577
7578 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7579 {
7580 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7581 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
7582 {
7583 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
7584 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
7585 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
7586 (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7587
7588 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7589 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
7590
7591 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
7592 nuked should now go away. */
7593 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
7594 (*judge_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7595 }
7596 }
7597 }
7598 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
7599 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
7600 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
7601
7602
7603 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
7604
7605 update:
7606
7607 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
7608 if (fonts_changed_p)
7609 goto retry;
7610
7611 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
7612 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
7613 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
7614 if (interrupt_input)
7615 unrequest_sigio ();
7616 stop_polling ();
7617
7618 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7619 {
7620 Lisp_Object tail;
7621 struct frame *f;
7622 int hscrolled_p;
7623
7624 pause = 0;
7625 hscrolled_p = 0;
7626
7627 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
7628 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7629 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)))
7630 {
7631 f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
7632
7633 if ((FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7634 || f == sf)
7635 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
7636 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)
7637 && hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
7638 hscrolled_p = 1;
7639 }
7640
7641 if (hscrolled_p)
7642 goto retry;
7643
7644 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7645 {
7646 if (!FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)))
7647 continue;
7648
7649 f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
7650
7651 if ((FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
7652 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7653 {
7654 /* Mark all windows as to be updated. */
7655 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
7656 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
7657 if (!pause)
7658 {
7659 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
7660 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
7661 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
7662 }
7663 }
7664 }
7665 }
7666 else
7667 {
7668 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
7669 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
7670 {
7671 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7672 goto retry;
7673
7674 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7675 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
7676 }
7677 else
7678 pause = 0;
7679
7680 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
7681 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
7682 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
7683 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
7684 it here. */
7685 {
7686 Lisp_Object mini_window;
7687 struct frame *mini_frame;
7688
7689 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
7690 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
7691
7692 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
7693 {
7694 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7695 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
7696 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
7697 goto retry;
7698 }
7699 }
7700 }
7701
7702 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
7703 thorough update the next time. */
7704 if (pause)
7705 {
7706 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
7707 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
7708 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
7709 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7710
7711 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
7712 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
7713 {
7714 last_arrow_position = Qt;
7715 last_arrow_string = Qt;
7716 }
7717
7718 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
7719 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
7720 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
7721 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
7722 update_mode_lines = 1;
7723 }
7724
7725 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
7726 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
7727 if (!pause)
7728 {
7729 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7730
7731 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
7732 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
7733 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
7734 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
7735
7736 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7737 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
7738 else
7739 {
7740 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
7741 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
7742 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
7743
7744 b->clip_changed = 0;
7745 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
7746 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
7747 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
7748 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
7749 w->last_had_star
7750 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7751 ? Qt : Qnil);
7752
7753 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7754 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7755 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7756 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7757 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7758 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
7759 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
7760 : Qnil);
7761
7762 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
7763 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
7764 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
7765 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
7766 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
7767
7768 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
7769 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
7770 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
7771 }
7772
7773 update_mode_lines = 0;
7774 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
7775 }
7776
7777 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
7778 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
7779 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
7780 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
7781 if (interrupt_input)
7782 request_sigio ();
7783 start_polling ();
7784
7785 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
7786 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
7787 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
7788 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
7789 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
7790 frames here explicitly. */
7791 if (!pause)
7792 {
7793 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7794 int new_count = 0;
7795
7796 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7797 {
7798 int this_is_visible = 0;
7799
7800 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
7801 this_is_visible = 1;
7802 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
7803 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
7804 this_is_visible = 1;
7805
7806 if (this_is_visible)
7807 new_count++;
7808 }
7809
7810 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
7811 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7812 }
7813
7814 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
7815 do_pending_window_change (1);
7816
7817 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
7818 visible frames, redisplay again. */
7819 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
7820 goto retry;
7821
7822 end_of_redisplay:;
7823
7824 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7825 }
7826
7827
7828 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
7829 another message has been requested in its place.
7830
7831 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
7832 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
7833 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
7834 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
7835
7836 void
7837 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
7838 {
7839 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7840 {
7841 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
7842 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
7843 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
7844 redisplay_internal (1);
7845 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
7846 }
7847 else
7848 redisplay_internal (1);
7849 }
7850
7851
7852 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
7853 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
7854 in progress. */
7855
7856 static Lisp_Object
7857 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
7858 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
7859 {
7860 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
7861 return Qnil;
7862 }
7863
7864
7865 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
7866 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
7867 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
7868 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
7869
7870 void
7871 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
7872 Lisp_Object window;
7873 int accurate_p;
7874 {
7875 struct window *w;
7876
7877 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
7878 {
7879 w = XWINDOW (window);
7880
7881 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
7882 {
7883 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7884
7885 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
7886 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
7887 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
7888 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
7889 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
7890 ? Qt : Qnil);
7891
7892 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
7893 Let's check it. */
7894 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7895 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7896 w->region_showing
7897 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7898 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7899 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7900 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
7901 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
7902 : Qnil));
7903 #endif
7904
7905 if (accurate_p)
7906 {
7907 b->clip_changed = 0;
7908 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
7909 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
7910 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
7911 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
7912 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
7913 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
7914 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7915 w->last_point = BUF_PT (b);
7916 else
7917 w->last_point = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
7918 }
7919 }
7920
7921 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
7922 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
7923
7924 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
7925 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
7926 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
7927 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
7928 }
7929
7930 if (accurate_p)
7931 {
7932 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
7933 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
7934 }
7935 else
7936 {
7937 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
7938 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
7939 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
7940 last_arrow_position = Qt;
7941 last_arrow_string = Qt;
7942 }
7943 }
7944
7945
7946 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
7947 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
7948 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
7949 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
7950
7951 Lisp_Object
7952 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
7953 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
7954 int c;
7955 {
7956 int code[4], i;
7957 Lisp_Object val;
7958
7959 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
7960 return (dp->contents[c]);
7961
7962 SPLIT_NON_ASCII_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
7963 if (code[1] < 32)
7964 code[1] = -1;
7965 else if (code[2] < 32)
7966 code[2] = -1;
7967
7968 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
7969 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
7970 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
7971 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
7972 code[0] += 128;
7973 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
7974
7975 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
7976 {
7977 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
7978 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
7979 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
7980 }
7981
7982 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
7983 it. */
7984 return (dp->defalt);
7985 }
7986
7987
7988 \f
7989 /***********************************************************************
7990 Window Redisplay
7991 ***********************************************************************/
7992
7993 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
7994
7995 static void
7996 redisplay_windows (window)
7997 Lisp_Object window;
7998 {
7999 while (!NILP (window))
8000 {
8001 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8002
8003 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8004 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8005 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8006 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8007 else
8008 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8009
8010 window = w->next;
8011 }
8012 }
8013
8014
8015 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8016 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8017 differ from current buffer positions. */
8018
8019 void
8020 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8021 struct window *w;
8022 struct glyph_row *row;
8023 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8024 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8025 {
8026 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8027 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8028 int x = row->x;
8029 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8030
8031 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8032 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8033 frames. */
8034 if (row->displays_text_p)
8035 while (glyph < end
8036 && !glyph->object
8037 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8038 {
8039 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8040 ++glyph;
8041 }
8042
8043 while (glyph < end
8044 && glyph->object
8045 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8046 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8047 {
8048 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8049 ++glyph;
8050 }
8051
8052 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8053 w->cursor.x = x;
8054 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8055 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8056
8057 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8058 {
8059 if (!row->continued_p
8060 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8061 && row->x == 0)
8062 {
8063 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8064
8065 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8066 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8067 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8068 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8069
8070 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8071 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8072 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8073 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8074
8075 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8076 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8077 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8078 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8079 }
8080 else
8081 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8082 }
8083 }
8084
8085
8086 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8087 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8088
8089 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8090
8091 static INLINE struct text_pos
8092 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8093 Lisp_Object window;
8094 struct text_pos startp;
8095 {
8096 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8097 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8098
8099 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8100 abort ();
8101
8102 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8103 {
8104 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8105 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8106 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8107 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8108 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8109 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8110 }
8111
8112 return startp;
8113 }
8114
8115
8116 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8117 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8118
8119 static void
8120 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8121 struct window *w;
8122 {
8123 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8124 struct glyph_row *row;
8125 int header_line_height;
8126
8127 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8128 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8129 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8130 return;
8131
8132 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8133 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8134
8135 /* If row->y == top y of window display area, the window isn't tall
8136 enough to display a single line. There is nothing we can do
8137 about it. */
8138 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
8139 if (row->y == header_line_height)
8140 return;
8141
8142 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8143 {
8144 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8145 w->vscroll = 0;
8146 w->cursor.y += dy;
8147 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8148 }
8149 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row))
8150 {
8151 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8152 w->vscroll = dy;
8153 w->cursor.y += dy;
8154 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8155 }
8156
8157 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8158 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8159 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8160 the correct y-position. */
8161 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8162 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8163 }
8164
8165
8166 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8167 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8168 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8169 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8170 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8171
8172 Value is
8173
8174 1 if scrolling succeeded
8175
8176 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8177
8178 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8179 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8180
8181 static int
8182 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8183 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8184 Lisp_Object window;
8185 int just_this_one_p;
8186 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8187 int temp_scroll_step;
8188 {
8189 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8190 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8191 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8192 struct text_pos pos;
8193 struct text_pos startp;
8194 struct it it;
8195 Lisp_Object window_end;
8196 int this_scroll_margin;
8197 int dy = 0;
8198 int scroll_max;
8199 int line_height, rc;
8200 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8201 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8202 int height;
8203
8204 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8205 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8206 #endif
8207
8208 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8209
8210 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8211 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8212 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8213 {
8214 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8215 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8216 }
8217 else
8218 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8219
8220 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8221 into view. */
8222 if (scroll_step)
8223 scroll_max = scroll_step;
8224 else if (scroll_conservatively)
8225 scroll_max = scroll_conservatively;
8226 else if (temp_scroll_step)
8227 scroll_max = temp_scroll_step;
8228 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8229 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8230 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8231 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8232 there should be a variable for this. */
8233 scroll_max = 10;
8234 else
8235 scroll_max = 0;
8236 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8237
8238 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8239 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8240 margin. */
8241 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8242 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8243 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8244 if (this_scroll_margin)
8245 {
8246 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8247 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8248 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8249 }
8250
8251 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8252 {
8253 int y0;
8254
8255 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
8256 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
8257
8258 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
8259 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
8260 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8261 y0 = it.current_y;
8262 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8263 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8264 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8265 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8266 : last_height);
8267 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
8268 if (dy > scroll_max)
8269 return 0;
8270
8271 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
8272 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
8273 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
8274 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8275
8276 if (scroll_conservatively)
8277 amount_to_scroll = dy;
8278 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8279 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8280 else
8281 {
8282 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
8283 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8284 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8285 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8286 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8287 }
8288
8289 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8290 return 0;
8291
8292 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
8293 startp = it.current.pos;
8294 }
8295 else
8296 {
8297 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
8298 window. */
8299 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
8300 if (this_scroll_margin)
8301 {
8302 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8303 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
8304 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8305 }
8306
8307 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8308 {
8309 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
8310 above what is displayed in the window. */
8311 int y0;
8312
8313 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
8314 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
8315 scroll_max. */
8316 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
8317 start_display (&it, w, pos);
8318 y0 = it.current_y;
8319 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
8320 it.last_visible_y, -1,
8321 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8322 dy = it.current_y - y0;
8323 if (dy > scroll_max)
8324 return 0;
8325
8326 /* Compute new window start. */
8327 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8328
8329 if (scroll_conservatively)
8330 amount_to_scroll = dy;
8331 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8332 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8333 else
8334 {
8335 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
8336 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8337 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8338 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8339 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8340 }
8341
8342 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8343 return 0;
8344
8345 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
8346 startp = it.current.pos;
8347 }
8348 }
8349
8350 /* Run window scroll functions. */
8351 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8352
8353 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
8354 doesn't appear. */
8355 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8356 rc = -1;
8357 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8358 {
8359 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8360 rc = 0;
8361 }
8362 else
8363 {
8364 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
8365 if (!just_this_one_p
8366 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8367 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8368 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8369
8370 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
8371 lines up or down. */
8372 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8373 rc = 1;
8374 }
8375
8376 return rc;
8377 }
8378
8379
8380 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
8381 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
8382 was computed.
8383
8384 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
8385 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
8386 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
8387
8388 static int
8389 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
8390 struct window *w;
8391 {
8392 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
8393 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
8394
8395 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
8396
8397 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
8398 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
8399 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
8400 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
8401 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
8402 {
8403 struct it it;
8404 struct glyph_row *row;
8405
8406 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
8407 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
8408 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8409 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
8410 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8411
8412 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
8413 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
8414 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
8415 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
8416 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8417 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
8418
8419 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
8420 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
8421 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
8422 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
8423 {
8424 int min_distance, distance;
8425
8426 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
8427 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
8428 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
8429 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
8430 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
8431 minimum distance from the old window start. */
8432 pos = it.current.pos;
8433 min_distance = INFINITY;
8434 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
8435 distance < min_distance)
8436 {
8437 min_distance = distance;
8438 pos = it.current.pos;
8439 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
8440 }
8441
8442 /* Set the window start there. */
8443 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
8444 window_start_changed_p = 1;
8445 }
8446 }
8447
8448 return window_start_changed_p;
8449 }
8450
8451
8452 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
8453 selected_window is redisplayed. */
8454
8455 static void
8456 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
8457 Lisp_Object window;
8458 int just_this_one_p;
8459 {
8460 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8461 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8462 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8463 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
8464 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
8465 int update_mode_line;
8466 int tem;
8467 struct it it;
8468 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
8469 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
8470 int really_switched_buffer = 0;
8471 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
8472 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
8473
8474 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8475 opoint = lpoint;
8476
8477 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
8478 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
8479 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8480 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8481 #endif
8482
8483 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
8484
8485 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
8486
8487 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
8488 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8489 || update_mode_lines
8490 || buffer->clip_changed);
8491
8492 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8493 {
8494 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
8495 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
8496 {
8497 if (update_mode_line)
8498 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
8499 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
8500 goto finish_menu_bars;
8501 else
8502 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
8503 goto finish_scroll_bars;
8504 }
8505 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
8506 {
8507 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
8508 active one, so clear it. */
8509 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
8510 struct glyph_row *row;
8511 int y;
8512
8513 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
8514 y < yb;
8515 y += row->height, ++row)
8516 blank_row (w, row, y);
8517 goto finish_scroll_bars;
8518 }
8519 }
8520
8521 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
8522 value. */
8523 if (update_mode_line)
8524 {
8525 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
8526 variables. */
8527 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8528 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8529 }
8530 else
8531 set_buffer_temp (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8532 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8533
8534 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8535 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8536 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8537 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8538 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
8539
8540 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
8541 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
8542 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8543 {
8544 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
8545 window start in case the window's width changed. */
8546 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
8547 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
8548
8549 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8550 }
8551
8552 /* Some sanity checks. */
8553 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
8554 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
8555 abort ();
8556 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
8557 abort ();
8558
8559 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
8560 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8561 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8562 where no change is needed. */
8563 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8564 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8565 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8566 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8567 update_mode_line = 1;
8568
8569 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
8570 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
8571 if (!just_this_one_p)
8572 {
8573 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
8574 current_base = current_buffer;
8575 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
8576 if (current_base->base_buffer)
8577 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
8578 if (window_base->base_buffer)
8579 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
8580 if (current_base == window_base)
8581 buffer_shared++;
8582 }
8583
8584 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
8585 window, set up appropriate value. */
8586 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
8587 {
8588 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
8589 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
8590 if (new_pt < BEGV)
8591 {
8592 new_pt = BEGV;
8593 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
8594 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8595 }
8596 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
8597 {
8598 new_pt = ZV;
8599 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
8600 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8601 }
8602
8603 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
8604 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
8605 }
8606
8607 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
8608 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
8609 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
8610 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
8611 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
8612 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
8613 {
8614 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
8615
8616 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
8617 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
8618 {
8619 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
8620 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
8621 BEG, Z);
8622 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
8623 }
8624 }
8625
8626 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
8627 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
8628 goto recenter;
8629
8630 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8631
8632 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
8633 check whether it can be used. */
8634 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
8635 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
8636 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
8637 {
8638 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
8639 /* This takes a mini-buffer prompt into account. */
8640 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8641 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8642 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8643 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
8644 w->force_start = Qt;
8645 }
8646
8647 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
8648 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
8649 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
8650 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
8651 {
8652 w->force_start = Qnil;
8653 w->vscroll = 0;
8654 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8655
8656 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8657 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8658 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
8659 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8660
8661 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
8662 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
8663 because we have scrolled. */
8664 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
8665 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
8666 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
8667 and having them get more errors. */
8668 if (!update_mode_line
8669 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8670 {
8671 if (!really_switched_buffer)
8672 {
8673 set_buffer_temp (old);
8674 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8675 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8676 }
8677
8678 update_mode_line = 1;
8679 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8680 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8681 }
8682
8683 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
8684 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
8685 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
8686 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8687 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
8688 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8689
8690 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
8691 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
8692 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8693 {
8694 w->force_start = Qt;
8695 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8696 goto restore_buffers;
8697 }
8698
8699 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
8700 {
8701 /* If point does not appear, or on a line that is not fully
8702 visible, move point so it does appear. The desired
8703 matrix has been built above, so we can use it. */
8704 int height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
8705 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, 0);
8706
8707 while (row->y < height)
8708 ++row;
8709
8710 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
8711 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8712
8713 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
8714 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
8715 else if (current_buffer == old)
8716 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8717
8718 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8719
8720 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
8721 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
8722 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8723 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8724 {
8725 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8726 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8727 goto restore_buffers;
8728 }
8729 }
8730
8731 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8732 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8733 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
8734 #endif
8735 goto done;
8736 }
8737
8738 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
8739 not moved off the frame. */
8740 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8741 /* Point may be in this window. */
8742 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8743 /* If we don't check this, we are called to move the cursor in a
8744 horizontally split window with a current matrix that doesn't
8745 fit the display. */
8746 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
8747 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
8748 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8749 /* If force-mode-line-update was called, really redisplay;
8750 that's how redisplay is forced after e.g. changing
8751 buffer-invisibility-spec. */
8752 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8753 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
8754 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
8755 set the cursor. */
8756 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8757 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8758 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8759 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8760 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
8761 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
8762 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
8763 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
8764 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
8765 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
8766 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
8767 handles the same cases. */
8768 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
8769 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
8770 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
8771 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
8772 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
8773 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
8774 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
8775 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
8776 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8777 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
8778 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
8779 {
8780 int this_scroll_margin;
8781 struct glyph_row *row;
8782 int scroll_p;
8783
8784 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8785 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
8786 #endif
8787
8788 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
8789 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
8790 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
8791 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
8792 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8793
8794 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
8795 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
8796 if (w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
8797 goto try_to_scroll;
8798 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
8799 if (row->mode_line_p)
8800 ++row;
8801 if (!row->enabled_p)
8802 goto try_to_scroll;
8803
8804 scroll_p = 0;
8805 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8806 {
8807 /* Point has moved forward. */
8808 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
8809
8810 while ((MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
8811 /* The end position of a row equals the start
8812 position of the next row. If PT is there, we
8813 would rather display it in the next line, except
8814 when this line ends in ZV. */
8815 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8816 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
8817 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
8818 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
8819 {
8820 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8821 ++row;
8822 }
8823
8824 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
8825 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which the
8826 next line would be drawn, and that this_scroll_margin can
8827 be zero. */
8828 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
8829 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8830 /* Line is completely visible last line in window and PT
8831 is to be set in the next line. */
8832 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
8833 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8834 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
8835 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8836 scroll_p = 1;
8837 }
8838 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8839 {
8840 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
8841 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer if-statement. */
8842 while (!row->mode_line_p
8843 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
8844 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8845 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8846 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
8847 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
8848 {
8849 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8850 --row;
8851 }
8852
8853 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there
8854 is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display
8855 starts at some point START > BEGV. It can happen that
8856 we are called with PT somewhere between BEGV and START.
8857 Try to handle that case. */
8858 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
8859 || row->mode_line_p)
8860 {
8861 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
8862 if (row->mode_line_p)
8863 ++row;
8864 }
8865
8866 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to skip
8867 forward over overlay strings. */
8868 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8869 && MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_OVERLAY_STRING_P (row)
8870 && !row->ends_at_zv_p)
8871 ++row;
8872
8873 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
8874 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
8875 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
8876 scroll_p = 1;
8877 }
8878
8879 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
8880 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
8881 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
8882 goto try_to_scroll;
8883
8884 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's make it fully
8885 visible. This can be done most easily by using the existing
8886 scrolling code. */
8887 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8888 {
8889 temp_scroll_step = 1;
8890 goto try_to_scroll;
8891 }
8892 else if (scroll_p)
8893 goto try_to_scroll;
8894
8895 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8896 goto done;
8897 }
8898
8899 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
8900 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
8901 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
8902 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
8903 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
8904 {
8905 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8906 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
8907 #endif
8908 goto recenter;
8909 }
8910
8911 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
8912 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
8913 !windows_or_buffers_changed
8914 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
8915 be full width. */
8916 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8917 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
8918 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8919 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
8920 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8921 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
8922 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
8923 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
8924 /* Selective display has not changed. */
8925 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8926 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
8927 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8928 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
8929 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
8930 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8931 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8932 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8933 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8934 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
8935 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
8936 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
8937 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
8938 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
8939 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
8940 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
8941 {
8942 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8943 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id");
8944 #endif
8945
8946 if (fonts_changed_p)
8947 goto restore_buffers;
8948 if (tem > 0)
8949 goto done;
8950 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
8951 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
8952 }
8953 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
8954 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
8955 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8956 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
8957 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
8958 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
8959 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8960 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
8961 {
8962 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8963 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
8964 #endif
8965
8966 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
8967 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
8968 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8969 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8970 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8971 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
8972 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8973 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
8974 {
8975 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
8976 try_window (window, startp);
8977 }
8978
8979 if (fonts_changed_p)
8980 goto restore_buffers;
8981
8982 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
8983 {
8984 if (!just_this_one_p
8985 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8986 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8987 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8988 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8989
8990 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8991 goto done;
8992 }
8993 else
8994 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8995 }
8996
8997 try_to_scroll:
8998
8999 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9000 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9001
9002 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9003 if (!update_mode_line)
9004 {
9005 if (!really_switched_buffer)
9006 {
9007 set_buffer_temp (old);
9008 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9009 really_switched_buffer = 1;
9010 }
9011 update_mode_line = 1;
9012 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9013 }
9014
9015 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9016 if ((scroll_conservatively
9017 || scroll_step
9018 || temp_scroll_step
9019 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9020 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9021 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9022 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9023 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9024 {
9025 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9026 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9027 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9028 scroll_conservatively,
9029 scroll_step,
9030 temp_scroll_step);
9031 if (rc > 0)
9032 goto done;
9033 else if (rc < 0)
9034 goto restore_buffers;
9035 }
9036
9037 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9038
9039 recenter:
9040
9041 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9042 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9043 #endif
9044
9045 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9046
9047 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9048 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9049 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9050 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9051
9052 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9053 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9054 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9055 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9056 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9057
9058 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9059 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9060 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9061 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9062 containing PT in this case. */
9063 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9064 {
9065 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9066 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9067 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9068 it.current_y = 0;
9069 }
9070
9071 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9072
9073 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9074 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9075 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9076
9077 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9078 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9079
9080 /* Redisplay the window. */
9081 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9082 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9083 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9084 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9085 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9086 || !just_this_one_p
9087 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9088 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9089 try_window (window, startp);
9090
9091 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9092 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9093 matrices. */
9094 if (fonts_changed_p)
9095 goto restore_buffers;
9096
9097 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9098 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9099 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9100 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9101 line.) */
9102 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9103 {
9104 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9105 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9106 {
9107 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9108 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9109 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9110 }
9111 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9112 {
9113 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9114 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9115 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9116 }
9117 else
9118 {
9119 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9120 }
9121 }
9122
9123 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9124 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9125 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9126 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9127 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9128 {
9129 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9130 if (row->mode_line_p)
9131 ++row;
9132 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9133 }
9134
9135 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9136
9137 done:
9138
9139 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9140 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9141 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
9142 ? Qt : Qnil);
9143
9144 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
9145 if ((update_mode_line
9146 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
9147 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
9148 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
9149 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
9150 || (!just_this_one_p
9151 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9152 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
9153 /* Line number to display. */
9154 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
9155 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
9156 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9157 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
9158 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
9159 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9160 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
9161 {
9162 display_mode_lines (w);
9163
9164 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9165 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9166 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9167 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9168 {
9169 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9170 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9171 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9172 }
9173
9174 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9175 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9176 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9177 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9178 {
9179 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9180 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9181 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9182 }
9183
9184 if (fonts_changed_p)
9185 goto restore_buffers;
9186 }
9187
9188 if (!line_number_displayed
9189 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
9190 {
9191 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
9192 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9193 }
9194
9195 finish_menu_bars:
9196
9197 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
9198 if (update_mode_line
9199 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
9200 {
9201 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
9202
9203 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9204 {
9205 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
9206 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
9207 #else
9208 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9209 #endif
9210 }
9211 else
9212 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9213
9214 if (redisplay_menu_p)
9215 display_menu_bar (w);
9216
9217 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9218 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
9219 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
9220 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
9221 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
9222 #endif
9223 }
9224
9225 finish_scroll_bars:
9226
9227 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
9228 {
9229 int start, end, whole;
9230
9231 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
9232 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
9233 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
9234 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
9235 visible region.
9236
9237 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
9238 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9239 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
9240 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
9241 {
9242 whole = ZV - BEGV;
9243 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
9244 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
9245 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
9246 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
9247
9248 if (end < start)
9249 end = start;
9250 if (whole < (end - start))
9251 whole = end - start;
9252 }
9253 else
9254 start = end = whole = 0;
9255
9256 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
9257 (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook) (w, end - start, whole, start);
9258
9259 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
9260 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
9261 (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook) (w);
9262 }
9263
9264 restore_buffers:
9265
9266 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
9267 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
9268 if (really_switched_buffer)
9269 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
9270 else
9271 set_buffer_temp (old);
9272 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
9273
9274 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
9275 }
9276
9277
9278 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
9279 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
9280 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
9281 glyph matrices necessary. */
9282
9283 int
9284 try_window (window, pos)
9285 Lisp_Object window;
9286 struct text_pos pos;
9287 {
9288 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9289 struct it it;
9290 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
9291
9292 /* Make POS the new window start. */
9293 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
9294
9295 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
9296 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9297 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
9298
9299 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
9300 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9301
9302 /* Display all lines of W. */
9303 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9304 {
9305 if (display_line (&it))
9306 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9307 if (fonts_changed_p)
9308 return 0;
9309 }
9310
9311 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
9312 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
9313 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
9314 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9315
9316 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
9317 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
9318 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
9319 if (last_text_row)
9320 {
9321 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
9322 w->window_end_bytepos
9323 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9324 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9325 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9326 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9327 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9328 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
9329 ->displays_text_p);
9330 }
9331 else
9332 {
9333 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9334 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9335 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9336 }
9337
9338 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
9339 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9340 return 1;
9341 }
9342
9343
9344 \f
9345 /************************************************************************
9346 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
9347 ************************************************************************/
9348
9349 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
9350 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
9351 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
9352 W->start is the new window start. */
9353
9354 static int
9355 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
9356 struct window *w;
9357 {
9358 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9359 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
9360 struct it it;
9361 struct run run;
9362 struct text_pos start, new_start;
9363 int nrows_scrolled, i;
9364 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
9365 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
9366 struct glyph_row *start_row;
9367 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
9368
9369 /* Right now this function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
9370 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9371 return 0;
9372
9373 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
9374 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9375 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9376 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
9377 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
9378 return 0;
9379
9380 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
9381 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9382 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
9383 return 0;
9384
9385 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
9386 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
9387 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9388 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
9389 return 0;
9390
9391 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
9392 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
9393 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
9394 start = start_row->start.pos;
9395 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
9396
9397 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
9398 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9399
9400 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
9401 {
9402 int first_row_y;
9403
9404 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
9405
9406 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
9407 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
9408 text. */
9409 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
9410 first_row_y = it.current_y;
9411 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9412 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
9413 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
9414 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
9415 && !fonts_changed_p)
9416 if (display_line (&it))
9417 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9418
9419 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
9420 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
9421 have at least one reusable row. */
9422 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9423 {
9424 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
9425
9426 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
9427 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9428 {
9429 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
9430
9431 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9432 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9433 {
9434 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9435 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9436 {
9437 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
9438 dy, nrows_scrolled);
9439 break;
9440 }
9441
9442 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
9443 break;
9444
9445 ++row;
9446 }
9447
9448 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
9449 happen often; not more often than with try_window
9450 itself. */
9451 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9452 {
9453 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9454 return 0;
9455 }
9456 }
9457
9458 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
9459 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
9460 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
9461 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
9462 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
9463 in. */
9464 run.current_y = first_row_y;
9465 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
9466 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
9467 if (run.height > 0)
9468 {
9469 update_begin (f);
9470 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9471 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9472 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9473 update_end (f);
9474 }
9475
9476 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
9477 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9478 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9479 start_vpos,
9480 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9481 nrows_scrolled);
9482
9483 /* Disable lines not reused. */
9484 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
9485 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0;
9486
9487 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
9488 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix) + nrows_scrolled;
9489 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9490 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9491 while (row < bottom_row)
9492 {
9493 row->y = it.current_y;
9494
9495 if (row->y < min_y)
9496 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9497 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9498 row->visible_height
9499 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9500 else
9501 row->visible_height = row->height;
9502
9503 it.current_y += row->height;
9504 ++it.vpos;
9505
9506 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9507 last_reused_text_row = row;
9508 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
9509 break;
9510 ++row;
9511 }
9512 }
9513
9514 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
9515 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
9516 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
9517 containing text. */
9518 if (last_reused_text_row)
9519 {
9520 w->window_end_bytepos
9521 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
9522 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9523 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
9524 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9525 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
9526 w->current_matrix));
9527 }
9528 else if (last_text_row)
9529 {
9530 w->window_end_bytepos
9531 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9532 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9533 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9534 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9535 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9536 }
9537 else
9538 {
9539 /* This window must be completely empty. */
9540 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9541 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9542 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9543 }
9544 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9545
9546 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
9547 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9548
9549 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9550 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
9551 #endif
9552 return 1;
9553 }
9554 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
9555 {
9556 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
9557 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
9558 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
9559 int dy;
9560 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9561
9562 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
9563
9564 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
9565 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
9566 first_reusable_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9567 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9568 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
9569 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9570 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
9571 ++first_reusable_row;
9572
9573 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
9574 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
9575 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9576 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9577 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
9578 return 0;
9579
9580 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
9581 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
9582 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
9583 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
9584 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
9585 pt_row = NULL;
9586 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
9587 {
9588 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
9589 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
9590 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
9591
9592 ++first_row_to_display;
9593 }
9594
9595 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
9596 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
9597 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
9598 nrows_scrolled = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix);
9599 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
9600 - nrows_scrolled);
9601 it.current_y = first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y;
9602
9603 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
9604 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
9605 that displays text. */
9606 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
9607 if (pt_row == NULL)
9608 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9609 last_text_row = NULL;
9610 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
9611 if (display_line (&it))
9612 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9613
9614 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
9615 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9616 {
9617 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9618 return 0;
9619 }
9620
9621 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
9622 position. */
9623 if (pt_row)
9624 {
9625 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
9626 w->current_matrix);
9627 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
9628 }
9629
9630 /* Scroll the display. */
9631 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
9632 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9633 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
9634 if (run.height)
9635 {
9636 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9637 update_begin (f);
9638 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9639 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9640 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9641 update_end (f);
9642 }
9643
9644 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
9645 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9646 row = first_reusable_row;
9647 dy = first_reusable_row->y;
9648 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9649 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9650 while (row < first_row_to_display)
9651 {
9652 row->y -= dy;
9653 if (row->y < min_y)
9654 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9655 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9656 row->visible_height
9657 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9658 else
9659 row->visible_height = row->height;
9660 ++row;
9661 }
9662
9663 /* Disable rows not reused. */
9664 while (row < bottom_row)
9665 {
9666 row->enabled_p = 0;
9667 ++row;
9668 }
9669
9670 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
9671 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
9672 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9673 start_vpos,
9674 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9675 -nrows_scrolled);
9676
9677 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
9678 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
9679 only its vpos can have changed. */
9680 if (last_text_row)
9681 {
9682 w->window_end_bytepos
9683 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9684 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9685 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9686 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9687 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9688 }
9689 else
9690 {
9691 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9692 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
9693 }
9694
9695 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9696 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9697
9698 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9699 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
9700 #endif
9701 return 1;
9702 }
9703
9704 return 0;
9705 }
9706
9707
9708 \f
9709 /************************************************************************
9710 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
9711 ************************************************************************/
9712
9713 static struct glyph_row *get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
9714 static struct glyph_row *get_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
9715 int *, int *));
9716 static struct glyph_row *
9717 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
9718 struct glyph_row *));
9719
9720
9721 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
9722 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
9723 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
9724 a pointer to the row found. */
9725
9726 static struct glyph_row *
9727 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
9728 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9729 struct it *it;
9730 struct glyph_row *start;
9731 {
9732 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
9733
9734 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
9735 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
9736 visible lines. */
9737 row_found = NULL;
9738 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
9739 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9740 {
9741 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9742 row_found = row;
9743 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
9744 break;
9745 ++row;
9746 }
9747
9748 return row_found;
9749 }
9750
9751
9752 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
9753 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
9754 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
9755
9756 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
9757 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
9758 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
9759 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
9760 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
9761 was built. */
9762
9763 static struct glyph_row *
9764 get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
9765 struct window *w;
9766 {
9767 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
9768 struct glyph_row *row;
9769 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
9770 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9771
9772 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
9773 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9774 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
9775 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
9776 {
9777 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
9778 except in some case. */
9779 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
9780 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
9781 unchanged. */
9782 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9783 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
9784 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
9785 continued. */
9786 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
9787 && row->continued_p))
9788 row_found = row;
9789
9790 /* Stop if last visible row. */
9791 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
9792 break;
9793
9794 ++row;
9795 }
9796
9797 return row_found;
9798 }
9799
9800
9801 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
9802 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
9803 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
9804 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
9805 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
9806 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
9807 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
9808
9809 static struct glyph_row *
9810 get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
9811 struct window *w;
9812 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
9813 {
9814 struct glyph_row *row;
9815 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
9816
9817 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
9818
9819 /* A value of window_end_pos >= end_unchanged means that the window
9820 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
9821 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
9822 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
9823 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
9824 return NULL;
9825
9826 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
9827 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
9828
9829 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
9830 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9831 {
9832 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
9833 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
9834 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
9835 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
9836 positions for characters not in changed text. */
9837 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
9838 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
9839 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
9840 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
9841 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9842
9843 *delta = Z - Z_old;
9844 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
9845
9846 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
9847 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
9848 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
9849 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
9850 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
9851 position. */
9852 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
9853 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
9854
9855 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
9856 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
9857 while (row >= first_text_row)
9858 {
9859 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9860 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
9861
9862 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
9863 row_found = row;
9864 --row;
9865 }
9866 }
9867
9868 xassert (!row_found || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found));
9869 return row_found;
9870 }
9871
9872
9873 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
9874 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
9875 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
9876 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
9877 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
9878
9879 static void
9880 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
9881 struct window *w;
9882 {
9883 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9884 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
9885
9886 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
9887 must have a frame matrix. */
9888 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
9889 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
9890 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
9891
9892 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
9893 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
9894 corresponding frame matrix. */
9895 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9896 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
9897 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
9898 while (window_row < window_row_end)
9899 {
9900 int area;
9901
9902 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
9903 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
9904
9905 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
9906 been disabled in try_window_id. */
9907 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
9908 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
9909
9910 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
9911 }
9912 }
9913
9914
9915 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
9916 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
9917 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
9918 containing CHARPOS or null. */
9919
9920 static struct glyph_row *
9921 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
9922 struct window *w;
9923 int charpos;
9924 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
9925 {
9926 struct glyph_row *row = start;
9927 int last_y;
9928
9929 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
9930 if (row->mode_line_p)
9931 ++row;
9932
9933 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
9934 return NULL;
9935
9936 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9937
9938 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
9939 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
9940 /* The end position of a row equals the start
9941 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
9942 would rather display it in the next line, except
9943 when this line ends in ZV. */
9944 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
9945 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
9946 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
9947 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9948 ++row;
9949
9950 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
9951 if ((end && row >= end)
9952 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9953 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9954 row = NULL;
9955
9956 return row;
9957 }
9958
9959
9960 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
9961 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
9962 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
9963
9964 Value is
9965
9966 1 if display has been updated
9967 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
9968 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
9969
9970 The following steps are performed:
9971
9972 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
9973 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
9974 is found, give up.
9975
9976 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
9977 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
9978
9979 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
9980 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
9981 the window.
9982
9983 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
9984
9985 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
9986 display and current matrix as needed.
9987
9988 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
9989 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
9990 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
9991 in smaller font sizes.
9992
9993 7. Update W's window end information. */
9994
9995 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
9996
9997 static int
9998 try_window_id (w)
9999 struct window *w;
10000 {
10001 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10002 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10003 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10004 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10005 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10006 struct glyph_row *row;
10007 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10008 int bottom_vpos;
10009 struct it it;
10010 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10011 struct text_pos start_pos;
10012 struct run run;
10013 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10014 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10015 struct text_pos start;
10016
10017 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10018
10019 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10020 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10021 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10022 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10023 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10024
10025 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10026 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10027 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10028 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10029 if (MODIFF > 1)
10030 {
10031 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10032 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10033 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10034 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10035 }
10036
10037 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10038 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10039 This case happens with stealth-fontification. */
10040 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10041 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10042 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10043 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10044 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10045 {
10046 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10047 size has changed. */
10048 w->window_end_pos
10049 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10050 w->window_end_bytepos
10051 = make_number (Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row));
10052 return 1;
10053 }
10054
10055 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10056 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10057 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10058 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10059 {
10060 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10061 size has changed. */
10062 w->window_end_pos
10063 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10064 w->window_end_bytepos
10065 = make_number (Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row));
10066 return 1;
10067 }
10068
10069 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10070 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10071 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10072 comparable. */
10073 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10074 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10075 return 0;
10076
10077 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10078 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10079 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10080 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
10081 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
10082 first line of window. */
10083 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
10084 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10085 {
10086 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10087 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10088
10089 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
10090 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
10091 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10092 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
10093 current_matrix);
10094 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10095 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10096
10097 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
10098 }
10099 else
10100 {
10101 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
10102 Start displaying in the first line. */
10103 start_display (&it, w, start);
10104 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10105 }
10106
10107 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
10108 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
10109 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
10110 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
10111 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
10112 changes. */
10113 first_unchanged_at_end_row
10114 = get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
10115 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
10116 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
10117
10118 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
10119 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
10120 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
10121 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
10122 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
10123 stop_pos = 0;
10124 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10125 {
10126 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
10127 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10128
10129 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
10130 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
10131 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
10132 not displaying text. */
10133 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10134 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10135 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10136 < it.last_visible_y))
10137 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10138
10139 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10140 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10141 >= it.last_visible_y))
10142 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10143 else
10144 {
10145 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10146 + delta);
10147 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10148 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
10149 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
10150 }
10151 }
10152 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
10153 return 0;
10154
10155
10156 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10157
10158 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
10159 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
10160 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
10161 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10162 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
10163
10164 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
10165 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
10166 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
10167 : -1);
10168 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10169
10170 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10171
10172
10173 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
10174 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
10175 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
10176 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10177 last_text_row = NULL;
10178 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10179 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10180 && !fonts_changed_p
10181 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10182 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
10183 {
10184 if (display_line (&it))
10185 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10186 }
10187
10188 if (fonts_changed_p)
10189 return -1;
10190
10191
10192 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
10193 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
10194 scroll. */
10195 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10196 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
10197 bottom of the window. */
10198 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10199 {
10200 dvpos = (it.vpos
10201 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
10202 current_matrix));
10203 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10204 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10205 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
10206 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
10207 }
10208 else
10209 {
10210 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
10211 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10212 }
10213 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
10214
10215
10216 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
10217 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
10218 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
10219 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
10220 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
10221 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
10222 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
10223 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
10224 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10225 {
10226 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
10227 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
10228 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10229 {
10230 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
10231 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
10232 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
10233 xassert (row && row <= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10234 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10235 }
10236
10237 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
10238 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10239 {
10240 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
10241 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
10242 if (row)
10243 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
10244 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
10245 }
10246
10247 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
10248 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10249 {
10250 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10251 return -1;
10252 }
10253 }
10254
10255 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
10256 {
10257 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
10258
10259 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
10260 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
10261 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
10262 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
10263 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
10264
10265 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
10266 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
10267 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
10268 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
10269 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
10270 {
10271 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10272 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10273 return -1;
10274 }
10275 }
10276
10277 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
10278 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
10279 found. */
10280 if (dy)
10281 {
10282 update_begin (f);
10283
10284 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10285 {
10286 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10287 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10288 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
10289 }
10290 else
10291 {
10292 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
10293 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
10294 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10295 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
10296 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10297 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
10298
10299 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
10300 if (dvpos > 0)
10301 {
10302 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
10303 window down dvpos lines. */
10304 set_terminal_window (end);
10305
10306 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
10307 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
10308 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10309 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
10310
10311 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
10312 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10313 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
10314 }
10315 else if (dvpos < 0)
10316 {
10317 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
10318 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
10319 set_terminal_window (end);
10320
10321 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
10322 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
10323 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
10324 line sequences. */
10325 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
10326
10327 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
10328 end. */
10329 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10330 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
10331 }
10332
10333 set_terminal_window (0);
10334 }
10335
10336 update_end (f);
10337 }
10338
10339 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
10340 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
10341 text. */
10342 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10343 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
10344 if (dvpos < 0)
10345 {
10346 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10347 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10348 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
10349 bottom_vpos, 0);
10350 }
10351 else if (dvpos > 0)
10352 {
10353 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10354 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10355 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10356 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
10357 }
10358
10359 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
10360 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
10361 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10362 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
10363
10364 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
10365 if (delta)
10366 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (current_matrix,
10367 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10368 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
10369
10370 /* Adjust Y positions. */
10371 if (dy)
10372 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
10373 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10374 bottom_vpos, dy);
10375
10376 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10377 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
10378
10379 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
10380 the window. */
10381 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
10382 if (dy < 0)
10383 {
10384 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
10385 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
10386 the matrix by dvpos. */
10387 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
10388 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
10389
10390 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
10391 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
10392
10393 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
10394 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
10395 line following it. */
10396 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10397 {
10398 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
10399 it.vpos = last_vpos;
10400 it.current_y = last_row->y;
10401 }
10402 else
10403 {
10404 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
10405 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
10406 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
10407 ++last_row;
10408 }
10409
10410 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
10411 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
10412 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
10413 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
10414
10415 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
10416 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10417 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10418 && !fonts_changed_p)
10419 {
10420 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
10421 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
10422 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
10423 enabled_p flag to zero. */
10424 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
10425 if (display_line (&it))
10426 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
10427 }
10428 }
10429
10430 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
10431 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10432 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
10433 && !last_text_row_at_end)
10434 {
10435 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
10436 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
10437 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
10438 scrolling. */
10439 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
10440 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
10441 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
10442 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
10443
10444 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10445 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10446 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10447 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
10448 }
10449 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
10450 {
10451 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10452 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
10453 w->window_end_bytepos
10454 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
10455 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10456 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
10457 }
10458 else if (last_text_row)
10459 {
10460 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
10461 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
10462 in the desired matrix. */
10463 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10464 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10465 w->window_end_bytepos
10466 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10467 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10468 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
10469 }
10470 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10471 && last_text_row == NULL
10472 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
10473 {
10474 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
10475 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
10476 int vpos;
10477 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
10478
10479 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
10480 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10481 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
10482 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10483 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
10484 break;
10485
10486 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
10487 }
10488 else
10489 abort ();
10490
10491 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10492 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10493
10494 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
10495 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10496 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10497 return 1;
10498 }
10499
10500
10501 \f
10502 /***********************************************************************
10503 More debugging support
10504 ***********************************************************************/
10505
10506 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10507
10508 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
10509 static void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
10510
10511
10512 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr. If
10513 WITH_GLYPHS_P is non-zero, dump glyph contents as well. */
10514
10515 void
10516 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, with_glyphs_p)
10517 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10518 int with_glyphs_p;
10519 {
10520 int i;
10521 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
10522 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, with_glyphs_p);
10523 }
10524
10525
10526 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
10527 WITH_GLYPH_SP non-zero means dump glyph contents, too. */
10528
10529 void
10530 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, with_glyphs_p)
10531 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10532 int vpos, with_glyphs_p;
10533 {
10534 struct glyph_row *row;
10535
10536 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
10537 return;
10538
10539 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
10540
10541 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZF X Y W\n");
10542 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
10543
10544 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d\n",
10545 row - matrix->rows,
10546 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
10547 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
10548 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
10549 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
10550 row->enabled_p,
10551 row->inverse_p,
10552 row->truncated_on_left_p,
10553 row->truncated_on_right_p,
10554 row->overlay_arrow_p,
10555 row->continued_p,
10556 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
10557 row->displays_text_p,
10558 row->ends_at_zv_p,
10559 row->fill_line_p,
10560 row->x,
10561 row->y,
10562 row->pixel_width);
10563 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
10564 row->end.overlay_string_index);
10565 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
10566 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
10567 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
10568 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
10569 row->end.dpvec_index);
10570
10571 if (with_glyphs_p)
10572 {
10573 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
10574 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
10575
10576 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10577 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10578
10579 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
10580 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
10581 ++glyph_end;
10582
10583 if (glyph < glyph_end)
10584 {
10585 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos W Code C Face LR\n");
10586 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
10587 }
10588 else
10589 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
10590
10591 while (glyph < glyph_end)
10592 {
10593 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
10594 {
10595 fprintf (stderr,
10596 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10597 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10598 'C',
10599 glyph->charpos,
10600 glyph->pixel_width,
10601 glyph->u.ch,
10602 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
10603 ? glyph->u.ch
10604 : '.'),
10605 glyph->face_id,
10606 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10607 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10608 }
10609 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
10610 {
10611 fprintf (stderr,
10612 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10613 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10614 'S',
10615 glyph->charpos,
10616 glyph->pixel_width,
10617 0,
10618 '.',
10619 glyph->face_id,
10620 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10621 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10622 }
10623 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
10624 {
10625 fprintf (stderr,
10626 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10627 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10628 'I',
10629 glyph->charpos,
10630 glyph->pixel_width,
10631 glyph->u.img_id,
10632 '.',
10633 glyph->face_id,
10634 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10635 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10636 }
10637 ++glyph;
10638 }
10639 }
10640 }
10641
10642
10643 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
10644 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
10645 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
10646 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil optional\n\
10647 parameter WITH-GLYPHS-P, dump glyphs as well.")
10648 (with_glyphs_p)
10649 {
10650 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
10651 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10652
10653 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
10654 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
10655 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
10656 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
10657 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
10658 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix, !NILP (with_glyphs_p));
10659 return Qnil;
10660 }
10661
10662
10663 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 1, "",
10664 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.")
10665 (row)
10666 Lisp_Object row;
10667 {
10668 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
10669 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix, XINT (row), 1);
10670 return Qnil;
10671 }
10672
10673
10674 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row,
10675 0, 0, "", "")
10676 ()
10677 {
10678 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
10679 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)
10680 ->current_matrix);
10681 dump_glyph_row (m, 0, 1);
10682 return Qnil;
10683 }
10684
10685
10686 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
10687 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
10688 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
10689 ()
10690 {
10691 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
10692 return Qnil;
10693 }
10694
10695
10696 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
10697
10698
10699 \f
10700 /***********************************************************************
10701 Building Desired Matrix Rows
10702 ***********************************************************************/
10703
10704 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
10705 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
10706
10707 static struct glyph_row *
10708 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
10709 struct window *w;
10710 {
10711 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10712 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10713 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
10714 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
10715 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
10716 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
10717 unsigned char *p;
10718 struct it it;
10719 int multibyte_p;
10720 int n_glyphs_before;
10721
10722 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
10723 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10724 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
10725 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
10726
10727 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
10728 p = arrow_string;
10729 while (p < arrow_end)
10730 {
10731 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
10732
10733 /* Get the next character. */
10734 if (multibyte_p)
10735 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
10736 else
10737 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
10738 p += it.len;
10739
10740 /* Get its face. */
10741 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
10742 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
10743 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
10744
10745 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
10746 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10747 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
10748 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
10749
10750 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
10751 to remove some glyphs. */
10752 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
10753 {
10754 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
10755 break;
10756 }
10757 }
10758
10759 set_buffer_temp (old);
10760 return it.glyph_row;
10761 }
10762
10763
10764 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
10765 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
10766 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
10767 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
10768 produce_special_glyphs. */
10769
10770 static void
10771 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
10772 struct it *it;
10773 {
10774 struct it truncate_it;
10775 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
10776
10777 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
10778
10779 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
10780 truncate_it = *it;
10781 truncate_it.charset = -1;
10782 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
10783 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10784 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
10785 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
10786 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
10787 truncate_it.object = 0;
10788 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
10789
10790 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
10791 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10792 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10793 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10794 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10795
10796 while (from < end)
10797 *to++ = *from++;
10798
10799 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
10800 from = to;
10801 while (from < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from))
10802 ++from;
10803 while (from < toend)
10804 *to++ = *from++;
10805
10806 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10807 }
10808
10809
10810 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
10811
10812 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
10813 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
10814 structure. This is not the case if
10815
10816 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
10817 and max_height will be zero.
10818
10819 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
10820 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
10821 pixmap extensions).
10822
10823 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
10824 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
10825 must not be zero. */
10826
10827 static void
10828 compute_line_metrics (it)
10829 struct it *it;
10830 {
10831 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
10832 int area, i;
10833
10834 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
10835 {
10836 int i, header_line_height;
10837
10838 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
10839 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
10840 computed yet. */
10841 if (row->height == 0)
10842 {
10843 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
10844 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
10845 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
10846 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
10847 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
10848 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
10849 }
10850
10851 /* Compute the width of this line. */
10852 row->pixel_width = row->x;
10853 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
10854 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
10855
10856 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
10857 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
10858
10859 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
10860 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
10861
10862 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
10863 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
10864 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
10865 if (row == it->w->desired_matrix->rows
10866 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
10867 {
10868 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
10869 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
10870 }
10871
10872 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
10873 row->visible_height = row->height;
10874
10875 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
10876 if (row->y < header_line_height)
10877 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
10878 else
10879 {
10880 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
10881 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10882 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
10883 }
10884 }
10885 else
10886 {
10887 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10888 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
10889 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
10890 }
10891
10892 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
10893 row->hash = 0;
10894 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
10895 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
10896 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
10897 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
10898 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
10899 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
10900 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
10901
10902 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
10903 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
10904 }
10905
10906
10907 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
10908 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
10909 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
10910 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
10911
10912 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
10913 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
10914 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
10915 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
10916
10917 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
10918 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
10919
10920 static int
10921 append_space (it, default_face_p)
10922 struct it *it;
10923 int default_face_p;
10924 {
10925 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
10926 {
10927 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10928
10929 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
10930 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
10931 {
10932 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10933 int saved_x = it->current_x;
10934 struct text_pos saved_pos;
10935 int saved_what = it->what;
10936 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
10937 int saved_charset = it->charset;
10938 Lisp_Object saved_object;
10939
10940 saved_object = it->object;
10941 saved_pos = it->position;
10942
10943 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
10944 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
10945 it->object = 0;
10946 it->c = ' ';
10947 it->len = 1;
10948 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
10949
10950 if (default_face_p)
10951 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10952 if (it->multibyte_p)
10953 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, CHARSET_ASCII);
10954 else
10955 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, -1);
10956
10957 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10958
10959 it->current_x = saved_x;
10960 it->object = saved_object;
10961 it->position = saved_pos;
10962 it->what = saved_what;
10963 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
10964 it->charset = saved_charset;
10965 return 1;
10966 }
10967 }
10968
10969 return 0;
10970 }
10971
10972
10973 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
10974 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
10975 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
10976 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
10977
10978 static void
10979 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
10980 struct it *it;
10981 {
10982 struct face *face;
10983 struct frame *f = it->f;
10984
10985 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
10986 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
10987 return;
10988
10989 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
10990 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
10991 of the frame, we haven't to do anything. */
10992 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
10993 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10994 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
10995 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
10996 && !face->stipple)
10997 return;
10998
10999 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
11000 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
11001 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
11002
11003 /* If current charset of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
11004 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
11005 get_next_display_element returns a character from a different
11006 charset. Note that the charset will always be ASCII in unibyte
11007 text. */
11008 if (it->charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
11009 {
11010 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
11011 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (f, it->face_id, CHARSET_ASCII);
11012 }
11013
11014 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11015 {
11016 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
11017 so that we know which face to draw. */
11018 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11019 {
11020 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
11021 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
11022 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
11023 }
11024 }
11025 else
11026 {
11027 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11028 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11029 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11030 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11031 int saved_what = it->what;
11032
11033 saved_object = it->object;
11034 saved_pos = it->position;
11035
11036 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11037 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11038 it->object = 0;
11039 it->c = ' ';
11040 it->len = 1;
11041
11042 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11043
11044 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
11045 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11046
11047 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
11048 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
11049 it->current_x = saved_x;
11050 it->object = saved_object;
11051 it->position = saved_pos;
11052 it->what = saved_what;
11053 }
11054 }
11055
11056
11057 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
11058 trailing whitespace. */
11059
11060 static int
11061 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
11062 int charpos;
11063 {
11064 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
11065 int c = 0;
11066
11067 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
11068 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
11069 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
11070 ++bytepos;
11071
11072 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
11073 {
11074 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
11075 return 1;
11076 }
11077 return 0;
11078 }
11079
11080
11081 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
11082
11083 void
11084 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
11085 struct frame *f;
11086 struct glyph_row *row;
11087 {
11088 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11089
11090 if (used)
11091 {
11092 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11093 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
11094
11095 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
11096 cursor at the end of a line. */
11097 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11098 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
11099 && glyph->object == 0)
11100 --glyph;
11101
11102 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
11103 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
11104 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
11105 if (glyph >= start
11106 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11107 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11108 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11109 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
11110 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
11111 {
11112 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace,
11113 CHARSET_ASCII);
11114
11115 while (glyph >= start
11116 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11117 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11118 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11119 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
11120 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
11121 }
11122 }
11123 }
11124
11125
11126 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
11127 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
11128 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
11129 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
11130 only. */
11131
11132 static int
11133 display_line (it)
11134 struct it *it;
11135 {
11136 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11137
11138 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
11139 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
11140
11141 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
11142 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
11143 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
11144
11145 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
11146 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
11147
11148 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
11149 prepare_desired_row (row);
11150
11151 row->y = it->current_y;
11152 row->start = it->current;
11153 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
11154 row->displays_text_p = 1;
11155
11156 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
11157 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
11158 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
11159 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
11160 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
11161 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
11162
11163 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
11164 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
11165 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
11166 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
11167 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
11168 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
11169
11170 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
11171 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
11172 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11173 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11174 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11175 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11176
11177 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
11178 character to display. */
11179 while (1)
11180 {
11181 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
11182 int x, i, nglyphs;
11183
11184 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
11185 buffer reached. */
11186 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
11187 {
11188 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
11189 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
11190 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
11191 to -1. */
11192 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
11193 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11194 {
11195 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
11196 row->displays_text_p = 0;
11197
11198 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
11199 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
11200 }
11201
11202 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11203 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
11204 break;
11205 }
11206
11207 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
11208 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
11209 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11210 x = it->current_x;
11211 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11212
11213 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
11214 the next one. */
11215 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
11216 {
11217 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11218 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11219 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11220 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11221 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11222 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11223 continue;
11224 }
11225
11226 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
11227 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
11228 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
11229 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
11230 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
11231 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
11232 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
11233 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
11234 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
11235 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
11236 hpos_before = it->hpos;
11237 x_before = x;
11238
11239 if (nglyphs == 1
11240 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
11241 {
11242 ++it->hpos;
11243 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11244 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11245 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11246 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11247 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11248 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
11249 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
11250 }
11251 else
11252 {
11253 int new_x;
11254 struct glyph *glyph;
11255
11256 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
11257 {
11258 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
11259 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
11260
11261 if (/* Lines are continued. */
11262 !it->truncate_lines_p
11263 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
11264 new_x > it->last_visible_x
11265 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
11266 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
11267 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
11268 {
11269 /* End of a continued line. */
11270
11271 if (it->hpos == 0
11272 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
11273 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
11274 {
11275 /* Current glyph fits exactly on the line. We
11276 must continue the line because we can't draw
11277 the cursor after the glyph. */
11278 row->continued_p = 1;
11279 it->current_x = new_x;
11280 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
11281 ++it->hpos;
11282 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
11283 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11284 }
11285 else
11286 {
11287 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
11288 the window. Restore positions to values
11289 before the element. The next line starts
11290 with current_x before the glyph that could
11291 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
11292 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
11293
11294 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
11295 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11296 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
11297 row->continued_p = 1;
11298
11299 it->current_x = x;
11300 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
11301 }
11302 break;
11303 }
11304 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
11305 {
11306 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
11307 ++it->hpos;
11308
11309 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
11310 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
11311 negative X position. */
11312 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
11313 }
11314 else
11315 {
11316 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
11317 window. This should not happen because of the
11318 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
11319 this function. */
11320 abort ();
11321 }
11322 }
11323
11324 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11325 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11326 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11327 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11328 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11329
11330 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
11331 if (row->continued_p)
11332 break;
11333 }
11334
11335 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
11336 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
11337 margin of the window. */
11338 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
11339 {
11340 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11341
11342 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
11343 display the cursor there. */
11344 append_space (it, 0);
11345
11346 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
11347 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
11348
11349 /* Make sure we have the position. */
11350 if (used_before == 0)
11351 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
11352
11353 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
11354 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11355 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11356 break;
11357 }
11358
11359 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
11360 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
11361 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11362
11363 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
11364 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
11365 if (it->truncate_lines_p
11366 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
11367 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11368 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
11369 {
11370 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
11371 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11372 {
11373 --it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11374 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11375 }
11376
11377 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
11378 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11379 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
11380 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
11381 it->hpos = hpos_before;
11382 it->current_x = x_before;
11383 break;
11384 }
11385 }
11386
11387 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
11388 at the left window margin. */
11389 if (it->first_visible_x
11390 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
11391 {
11392 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11393 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
11394 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
11395 }
11396
11397 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
11398 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
11399 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
11400 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
11401 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
11402 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
11403 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11404 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
11405 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
11406 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
11407 {
11408 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
11409 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11410 {
11411 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
11412 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11413 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11414 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11415 struct glyph *p2, *end;
11416
11417 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
11418 while (glyph < arrow_end)
11419 *p++ = *glyph++;
11420
11421 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
11422 p2 = p;
11423 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11424 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
11425 ++p2;
11426 if (p2 > p)
11427 {
11428 while (p2 < end)
11429 *p++ = *p2++;
11430 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11431 }
11432 }
11433
11434 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
11435 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
11436 }
11437
11438 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
11439 compute_line_metrics (it);
11440
11441 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
11442 row->end = it->current;
11443
11444 /* Maybe set the cursor. If you change this, it's probably a good
11445 idea to also change the code in redisplay_window for cursor
11446 movement in an unchanged window. */
11447 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
11448 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11449 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) >= PT
11450 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
11451 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
11452 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
11453 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11454
11455 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
11456 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
11457 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
11458
11459 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
11460 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
11461 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
11462 row to be used. */
11463 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
11464 it->current_y += row->height;
11465 ++it->vpos;
11466 ++it->glyph_row;
11467 return row->displays_text_p;
11468 }
11469
11470
11471 \f
11472 /***********************************************************************
11473 Menu Bar
11474 ***********************************************************************/
11475
11476 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
11477
11478 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
11479 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
11480
11481 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
11482 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
11483 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
11484 for the menu bar. */
11485
11486 static void
11487 display_menu_bar (w)
11488 struct window *w;
11489 {
11490 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11491 struct it it;
11492 Lisp_Object items;
11493 int i;
11494
11495 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
11496 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
11497 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
11498 return;
11499 #endif
11500 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11501 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
11502 return;
11503 #endif
11504
11505 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11506 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
11507 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
11508 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11509 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
11510 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11511 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11512 {
11513 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
11514 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
11515 struct window *menu_w;
11516 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
11517 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
11518 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
11519 MENU_FACE_ID);
11520 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11521 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
11522 }
11523 else
11524 {
11525 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
11526 pixel x/y. */
11527 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
11528 MENU_FACE_ID);
11529 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11530 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
11531 }
11532 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11533
11534 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
11535 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
11536 {
11537 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
11538 clear_glyph_row (row);
11539 row->enabled_p = 1;
11540 row->full_width_p = 1;
11541 }
11542
11543 /* Make the first line of the menu bar appear in reverse video. */
11544 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
11545
11546 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
11547 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
11548 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
11549 {
11550 Lisp_Object string;
11551
11552 /* Stop at nil string. */
11553 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
11554 if (NILP (string))
11555 break;
11556
11557 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
11558 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
11559
11560 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
11561 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
11562 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
11563 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
11564 }
11565
11566 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
11567 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
11568 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
11569
11570 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
11571 compute_line_metrics (&it);
11572 }
11573
11574
11575 \f
11576 /***********************************************************************
11577 Mode Line
11578 ***********************************************************************/
11579
11580 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. */
11581
11582 static void
11583 display_mode_lines (w)
11584 struct window *w;
11585 {
11586 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
11587 line_number_displayed = 0;
11588 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
11589
11590 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
11591 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
11592 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
11593
11594 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
11595 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
11596 current_buffer->header_line_format);
11597 }
11598
11599
11600 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
11601 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
11602 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. */
11603
11604 static void
11605 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
11606 struct window *w;
11607 enum face_id face_id;
11608 Lisp_Object format;
11609 {
11610 struct it it;
11611 struct face *face;
11612
11613 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
11614 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
11615
11616 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
11617 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
11618 values. */
11619 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
11620 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
11621 pop_frame_kboard ();
11622
11623 /* Fill up with spaces. */
11624 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
11625
11626 compute_line_metrics (&it);
11627 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
11628 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
11629 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
11630 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
11631 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
11632 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
11633
11634 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
11635 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
11636 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
11637 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
11638 {
11639 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
11640 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
11641 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
11642 }
11643 }
11644
11645
11646 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
11647 translates into text depends on its data type.
11648
11649 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
11650
11651 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
11652 infinite recursion here.
11653
11654 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
11655 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
11656 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
11657 display_string for details. *
11658
11659 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
11660
11661 static int
11662 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
11663 struct it *it;
11664 int depth;
11665 int field_width, precision;
11666 Lisp_Object elt;
11667 {
11668 int n = 0, field, prec;
11669
11670 tail_recurse:
11671 if (depth > 10)
11672 goto invalid;
11673
11674 depth++;
11675
11676 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
11677 {
11678 case Lisp_String:
11679 {
11680 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
11681 unsigned char c;
11682 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
11683 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
11684
11685 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
11686 && *this
11687 && (frame_title_ptr
11688 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
11689 {
11690 unsigned char *last = this;
11691
11692 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
11693 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
11694 ;
11695
11696 if (this - 1 != last)
11697 {
11698 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
11699 is length of string. Don't output more than
11700 PRECISION allows us. */
11701 prec = --this - last;
11702 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
11703 prec = precision - n;
11704
11705 if (frame_title_ptr)
11706 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
11707 else
11708 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
11709 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
11710 }
11711 else /* c == '%' */
11712 {
11713 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
11714
11715 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
11716 don't pad. */
11717 field = 0;
11718 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
11719 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
11720
11721 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
11722 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
11723 field = field_width - n;
11724
11725 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
11726 prec = precision - n;
11727
11728 if (c == 'M')
11729 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
11730 Vglobal_mode_string);
11731 else if (c != 0)
11732 {
11733 unsigned char *spec
11734 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
11735
11736 if (frame_title_ptr)
11737 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
11738 else
11739 {
11740 int nglyphs_before
11741 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11742 int charpos
11743 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
11744 int nwritten
11745 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
11746 field, prec, 0, -1);
11747
11748 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
11749 string where the `%x' came from, position
11750 of the `%'. */
11751 if (nwritten > 0)
11752 {
11753 struct glyph *glyph
11754 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
11755 + nglyphs_before);
11756 int i;
11757
11758 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
11759 {
11760 glyph[i].object = elt;
11761 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
11762 }
11763
11764 n += nwritten;
11765 }
11766 }
11767 }
11768 }
11769 }
11770 }
11771 break;
11772
11773 case Lisp_Symbol:
11774 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
11775 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
11776 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
11777 literally. */
11778 {
11779 register Lisp_Object tem;
11780 tem = Fboundp (elt);
11781 if (!NILP (tem))
11782 {
11783 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
11784 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
11785 don't check for % within it. */
11786 if (STRINGP (tem))
11787 {
11788 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
11789 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
11790 prec = precision - n;
11791 if (frame_title_ptr)
11792 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
11793 else
11794 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
11795 0, prec, 0, -1);
11796 }
11797 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
11798 {
11799 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
11800 elt = tem;
11801 goto tail_recurse;
11802 }
11803 }
11804 }
11805 break;
11806
11807 case Lisp_Cons:
11808 {
11809 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
11810
11811 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
11812 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
11813 and effectively concatenate them.
11814 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
11815 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
11816 to at least that many characters.
11817 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
11818 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
11819 car = XCAR (elt);
11820 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
11821 {
11822 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
11823 and use the result as mode line elements. */
11824 struct gcpro gcpro1;
11825 Lisp_Object spec;
11826
11827 spec = eval_form (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
11828 GCPRO1 (spec);
11829 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
11830 precision - n, spec);
11831 UNGCPRO;
11832 }
11833 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
11834 {
11835 tem = Fboundp (car);
11836 elt = XCDR (elt);
11837 if (!CONSP (elt))
11838 goto invalid;
11839 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
11840 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
11841 if (!NILP (tem))
11842 {
11843 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
11844 if (!NILP (tem))
11845 {
11846 elt = XCAR (elt);
11847 goto tail_recurse;
11848 }
11849 }
11850 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
11851 Get the cddr of the original list
11852 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
11853 elt = XCDR (elt);
11854 if (NILP (elt))
11855 break;
11856 else if (!CONSP (elt))
11857 goto invalid;
11858 elt = XCAR (elt);
11859 goto tail_recurse;
11860 }
11861 else if (INTEGERP (car))
11862 {
11863 register int lim = XINT (car);
11864 elt = XCDR (elt);
11865 if (lim < 0)
11866 {
11867 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
11868 if (precision <= 0)
11869 precision = -lim;
11870 else
11871 precision = min (precision, -lim);
11872 }
11873 else if (lim > 0)
11874 {
11875 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
11876 current maximum. */
11877 if (precision > 0)
11878 lim = min (precision, lim);
11879
11880 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
11881 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
11882 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
11883 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
11884 }
11885 goto tail_recurse;
11886 }
11887 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
11888 {
11889 register int limit = 50;
11890 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
11891 while (CONSP (elt)
11892 && --limit > 0
11893 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
11894 {
11895 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
11896 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
11897 elt = XCDR (elt);
11898 }
11899 }
11900 }
11901 break;
11902
11903 default:
11904 invalid:
11905 if (frame_title_ptr)
11906 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
11907 else
11908 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
11909 precision - n, 0, 0);
11910 return n;
11911 }
11912
11913 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
11914 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
11915 {
11916 if (frame_title_ptr)
11917 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
11918 else
11919 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
11920 0, 0, 0);
11921 }
11922
11923 return n;
11924 }
11925
11926
11927 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
11928 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
11929
11930 static void
11931 pint2str (buf, width, d)
11932 register char *buf;
11933 register int width;
11934 register int d;
11935 {
11936 register char *p = buf;
11937
11938 if (d <= 0)
11939 *p++ = '0';
11940 else
11941 {
11942 while (d > 0)
11943 {
11944 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
11945 d /= 10;
11946 }
11947 }
11948
11949 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
11950 *p++ = ' ';
11951 *p-- = '\0';
11952 while (p > buf)
11953 {
11954 d = *buf;
11955 *buf++ = *p;
11956 *p-- = d;
11957 }
11958 }
11959
11960 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
11961 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
11962 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
11963
11964 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
11965
11966 static char *
11967 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
11968 Lisp_Object coding_system;
11969 register char *buf;
11970 int eol_flag;
11971 {
11972 Lisp_Object val;
11973 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11974 unsigned char *eol_str;
11975 int eol_str_len;
11976 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
11977 Lisp_Object eoltype;
11978
11979 val = coding_system;
11980
11981 if (NILP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
11982 {
11983 if (multibyte)
11984 *buf++ = '-';
11985 if (eol_flag)
11986 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11987 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
11988 }
11989 else
11990 {
11991 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
11992
11993 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
11994
11995 while (!NILP (val) && SYMBOLP (val))
11996 {
11997 val = Fget (val, Qcoding_system);
11998 if (NILP (eolvalue))
11999 eolvalue = Fget (val, Qeol_type);
12000 }
12001
12002 if (multibyte)
12003 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
12004
12005 if (eol_flag)
12006 {
12007 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
12008
12009 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
12010 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
12011 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
12012 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
12013 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
12014 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
12015 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
12016 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
12017 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
12018 }
12019 }
12020
12021 if (eol_flag)
12022 {
12023 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
12024 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
12025 {
12026 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
12027 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
12028 }
12029 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
12030 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
12031 {
12032 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
12033 }
12034 else
12035 {
12036 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
12037 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
12038 }
12039 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
12040 buf += eol_str_len;
12041 }
12042
12043 return buf;
12044 }
12045
12046 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
12047 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
12048 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
12049 string returned with spaces to that value. */
12050
12051 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
12052
12053 static char *
12054 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
12055 struct window *w;
12056 register int c;
12057 int field_width, precision;
12058 {
12059 Lisp_Object obj;
12060 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12061 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
12062 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
12063
12064 obj = Qnil;
12065
12066 switch (c)
12067 {
12068 case '*':
12069 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
12070 return "%";
12071 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
12072 return "*";
12073 return "-";
12074
12075 case '+':
12076 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
12077 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
12078 return "*";
12079 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
12080 return "%";
12081 return "-";
12082
12083 case '&':
12084 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
12085 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
12086 return "*";
12087 return "-";
12088
12089 case '%':
12090 return "%";
12091
12092 case '[':
12093 {
12094 int i;
12095 char *p;
12096
12097 if (command_loop_level > 5)
12098 return "[[[... ";
12099 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12100 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
12101 *p++ = '[';
12102 *p = 0;
12103 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12104 }
12105
12106 case ']':
12107 {
12108 int i;
12109 char *p;
12110
12111 if (command_loop_level > 5)
12112 return " ...]]]";
12113 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12114 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
12115 *p++ = ']';
12116 *p = 0;
12117 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12118 }
12119
12120 case '-':
12121 {
12122 register int i;
12123
12124 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
12125 if (field_width <= 0
12126 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
12127 {
12128 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
12129 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
12130 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
12131 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12132 }
12133 else
12134 return lots_of_dashes;
12135 }
12136
12137 case 'b':
12138 obj = b->name;
12139 break;
12140
12141 case 'c':
12142 {
12143 int col = current_column ();
12144 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
12145 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
12146 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12147 }
12148
12149 case 'F':
12150 /* %F displays the frame name. */
12151 if (!NILP (f->title))
12152 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
12153 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12154 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
12155 return "Emacs";
12156
12157 case 'f':
12158 obj = b->filename;
12159 break;
12160
12161 case 'l':
12162 {
12163 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
12164 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
12165 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
12166 int nlines, junk;
12167 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
12168
12169 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
12170 don't forget that too fast. */
12171 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
12172 goto no_value;
12173 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
12174 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
12175 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
12176
12177 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
12178 if (BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > line_number_display_limit)
12179 {
12180 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
12181 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
12182 goto no_value;
12183 }
12184
12185 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
12186 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
12187 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
12188 {
12189 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
12190 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
12191 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
12192 }
12193 else
12194 {
12195 line = 1;
12196 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
12197 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
12198 }
12199
12200 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
12201 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
12202 startpos_byte,
12203 startpos, &junk);
12204
12205 topline = nlines + line;
12206
12207 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
12208 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
12209 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
12210 go back past it. */
12211 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
12212 {
12213 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
12214 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
12215 }
12216 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
12217 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
12218 {
12219 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
12220 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
12221 int position;
12222 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
12223
12224 if (startpos - distance > limit)
12225 {
12226 limit = startpos - distance;
12227 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
12228 }
12229
12230 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
12231 limit_byte,
12232 - (height * 2 + 30),
12233 &position);
12234 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
12235 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
12236 give up on line numbers for this window. */
12237 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
12238 {
12239 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
12240 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
12241 goto no_value;
12242 }
12243
12244 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
12245 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
12246 }
12247
12248 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
12249 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
12250 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
12251
12252 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
12253 line_number_displayed = 1;
12254
12255 /* Make the string to show. */
12256 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
12257 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12258 no_value:
12259 {
12260 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12261 int pad = field_width - 2;
12262 while (pad-- > 0)
12263 *p++ = ' ';
12264 *p++ = '?';
12265 *p = '?';
12266 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12267 }
12268 }
12269 break;
12270
12271 case 'm':
12272 obj = b->mode_name;
12273 break;
12274
12275 case 'n':
12276 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
12277 return " Narrow";
12278 break;
12279
12280 case 'p':
12281 {
12282 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
12283 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
12284
12285 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
12286 {
12287 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12288 return "All";
12289 else
12290 return "Bottom";
12291 }
12292 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12293 return "Top";
12294 else
12295 {
12296 if (total > 1000000)
12297 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12298 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12299 else
12300 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12301 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12302 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12303 if (total == 100)
12304 total = 99;
12305 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12306 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12307 }
12308 }
12309
12310 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
12311 case 'P':
12312 {
12313 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
12314 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
12315 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
12316
12317 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
12318 {
12319 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12320 return "All";
12321 else
12322 return "Bottom";
12323 }
12324 else
12325 {
12326 if (total > 1000000)
12327 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12328 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12329 else
12330 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12331 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12332 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12333 if (total == 100)
12334 total = 99;
12335 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12336 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
12337 else
12338 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12339 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12340 }
12341 }
12342
12343 case 's':
12344 /* status of process */
12345 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
12346 if (NILP (obj))
12347 return "no process";
12348 #ifdef subprocesses
12349 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
12350 #endif
12351 break;
12352
12353 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
12354 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
12355 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
12356 #else
12357 return "T";
12358 #endif
12359
12360 case 'z':
12361 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
12362 case 'Z':
12363 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
12364 {
12365 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
12366 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12367
12368 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12369 {
12370 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
12371 to do EOL conversion. */
12372 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12373 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12374 }
12375 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
12376 p, eol_flag);
12377
12378 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
12379 #ifdef subprocesses
12380 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
12381 if (PROCESSP (obj))
12382 {
12383 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
12384 p, eol_flag);
12385 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
12386 p, eol_flag);
12387 }
12388 #endif /* subprocesses */
12389 #endif /* 0 */
12390 *p = 0;
12391 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12392 }
12393 }
12394
12395 if (STRINGP (obj))
12396 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
12397 else
12398 return "";
12399 }
12400
12401
12402 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
12403 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
12404 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
12405
12406 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
12407
12408 static int
12409 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
12410 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
12411 int *byte_pos_ptr;
12412 {
12413 register unsigned char *cursor;
12414 unsigned char *base;
12415
12416 register int ceiling;
12417 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
12418 int orig_count = count;
12419
12420 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
12421 check only for newlines. */
12422 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
12423 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
12424
12425 if (count > 0)
12426 {
12427 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
12428 {
12429 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
12430 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
12431 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
12432 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
12433 while (1)
12434 {
12435 if (selective_display)
12436 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
12437 ;
12438 else
12439 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
12440 ;
12441
12442 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
12443 {
12444 if (--count == 0)
12445 {
12446 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12447 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
12448 return orig_count;
12449 }
12450 else
12451 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
12452 break;
12453 }
12454 else
12455 break;
12456 }
12457 start_byte += cursor - base;
12458 }
12459 }
12460 else
12461 {
12462 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
12463 {
12464 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
12465 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
12466 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
12467 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
12468 while (1)
12469 {
12470 if (selective_display)
12471 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
12472 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
12473 ;
12474 else
12475 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
12476 ;
12477
12478 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
12479 {
12480 if (++count == 0)
12481 {
12482 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12483 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
12484 /* When scanning backwards, we should
12485 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
12486 return - orig_count - 1;
12487 }
12488 }
12489 else
12490 break;
12491 }
12492 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
12493 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
12494 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12495 }
12496 }
12497
12498 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
12499
12500 if (count < 0)
12501 return - orig_count + count;
12502 return orig_count - count;
12503
12504 }
12505
12506
12507 \f
12508 /***********************************************************************
12509 Displaying strings
12510 ***********************************************************************/
12511
12512 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
12513
12514 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
12515 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
12516
12517 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
12518 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
12519 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
12520
12521 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
12522 standard display table, temporarily.
12523
12524 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
12525 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
12526 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
12527 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
12528
12529 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
12530 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
12531
12532 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
12533
12534 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
12535 ----------------------------------------
12536 -1 -1 %s
12537 -1 10 %.10s
12538 10 -1 %10s
12539 20 10 %20.10s
12540
12541 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
12542 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
12543 enable_multibyte_characters.
12544
12545 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
12546
12547 static int
12548 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
12549 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
12550 unsigned char *string;
12551 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
12552 Lisp_Object face_string;
12553 int face_string_pos;
12554 int start;
12555 struct it *it;
12556 int field_width, precision, max_x;
12557 int multibyte;
12558 {
12559 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
12560 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12561 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12562
12563 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
12564 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
12565 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
12566 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
12567 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
12568 precision, field_width, multibyte);
12569
12570 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
12571 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
12572 if (STRINGP (face_string))
12573 {
12574 int endptr;
12575 struct face *face;
12576
12577 it->face_id
12578 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
12579 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
12580 it->region_end_charpos,
12581 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
12582 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
12583 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
12584 }
12585
12586 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
12587 beyond the right edge of the window. */
12588 if (max_x <= 0)
12589 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
12590 else
12591 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
12592
12593 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
12594 hscrolled. */
12595 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12596 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
12597 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12598
12599 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12600 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12601 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12602 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12603
12604 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
12605 past last_visible_x. */
12606 while (it->current_x < max_x)
12607 {
12608 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
12609
12610 /* Get the next display element. */
12611 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12612 break;
12613
12614 /* Produce glyphs. */
12615 x_before = it->current_x;
12616 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12617 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12618
12619 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12620 i = 0;
12621 x = x_before;
12622 while (i < nglyphs)
12623 {
12624 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12625
12626 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
12627 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
12628 {
12629 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
12630 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12631 it->current_x = x;
12632 break;
12633 }
12634 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
12635 {
12636 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
12637 ++it->hpos;
12638 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12639 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12640 }
12641 else
12642 {
12643 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
12644 Should not happen. */
12645 abort ();
12646 }
12647
12648 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12649 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12650 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12651 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12652 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12653 x += glyph->pixel_width;
12654 ++i;
12655 }
12656
12657 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
12658 if (i < nglyphs)
12659 break;
12660
12661 /* Stop at line ends. */
12662 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12663 {
12664 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12665 break;
12666 }
12667
12668 set_iterator_to_next (it);
12669
12670 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
12671 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12672 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12673 {
12674 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
12675 truncated at a padding space. */
12676 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
12677 {
12678 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12679 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12680 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12681 }
12682 break;
12683 }
12684 }
12685
12686 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
12687 if (it->first_visible_x
12688 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
12689 {
12690 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12691 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12692 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12693 }
12694
12695 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12696
12697 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
12698 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
12699 }
12700
12701
12702 \f
12703 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
12704 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
12705 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
12706 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
12707 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12708
12709 int
12710 invisible_p (propval, list)
12711 register Lisp_Object propval;
12712 Lisp_Object list;
12713 {
12714 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
12715 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12716 {
12717 register Lisp_Object tem;
12718 tem = XCAR (tail);
12719 if (EQ (propval, tem))
12720 return 1;
12721 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
12722 return 1;
12723 }
12724 if (CONSP (propval))
12725 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail);
12726 proptail = XCDR (proptail))
12727 {
12728 Lisp_Object propelt;
12729 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
12730 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12731 {
12732 register Lisp_Object tem;
12733 tem = XCAR (tail);
12734 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
12735 return 1;
12736 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
12737 return 1;
12738 }
12739 }
12740 return 0;
12741 }
12742
12743
12744 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
12745 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
12746 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
12747 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
12748 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12749
12750 int
12751 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
12752 register Lisp_Object propval;
12753 Lisp_Object list;
12754 {
12755 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
12756
12757 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12758 {
12759 register Lisp_Object tem;
12760 tem = XCAR (tail);
12761 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
12762 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
12763 }
12764
12765 if (CONSP (propval))
12766 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
12767 {
12768 Lisp_Object propelt;
12769 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
12770 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12771 {
12772 register Lisp_Object tem;
12773 tem = XCAR (tail);
12774 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
12775 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
12776 }
12777 }
12778
12779 return 0;
12780 }
12781
12782
12783 \f
12784 /***********************************************************************
12785 Initialization
12786 ***********************************************************************/
12787
12788 void
12789 syms_of_xdisp ()
12790 {
12791 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
12792 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
12793
12794 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
12795 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
12796
12797 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
12798 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
12799
12800 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12801 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
12802 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
12803 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
12804 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
12805 #endif
12806
12807 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
12808 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
12809
12810 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
12811 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
12812
12813 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
12814 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
12815
12816 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
12817 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
12818
12819 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
12820 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
12821
12822 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
12823 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
12824
12825 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
12826 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
12827 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
12828 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
12829 Qraise = intern ("raise");
12830 staticpro (&Qraise);
12831 Qspace = intern ("space");
12832 staticpro (&Qspace);
12833 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
12834 staticpro (&Qmargin);
12835 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
12836 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
12837 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
12838 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
12839 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
12840 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
12841 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
12842 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
12843 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
12844 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
12845 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
12846 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
12847 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
12848 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
12849 QCeval = intern (":eval");
12850 staticpro (&QCeval);
12851 Qwhen = intern ("when");
12852 staticpro (&Qwhen);
12853 QCfile = intern (":file");
12854 staticpro (&QCfile);
12855 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
12856 staticpro (&Qfontified);
12857 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
12858 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
12859 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
12860 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
12861 Qimage = intern ("image");
12862 staticpro (&Qimage);
12863
12864 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
12865 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
12866 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
12867 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
12868
12869 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
12870 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
12871 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
12872
12873 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
12874 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
12875 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
12876
12877 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
12878 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
12879 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
12880 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
12881
12882 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
12883 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
12884 This is used for internal purposes.");
12885 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
12886
12887 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
12888 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
12889 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
12890
12891 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
12892 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
12893 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
12894 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
12895 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
12896
12897 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
12898 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
12899 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
12900
12901 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
12902 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
12903 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
12904 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.");
12905
12906 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
12907 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.");
12908 scroll_conservatively = 0;
12909
12910 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
12911 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
12912 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
12913 of the top or bottom of the window.");
12914 scroll_margin = 0;
12915
12916 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12917 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
12918 #endif
12919
12920 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
12921 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
12922 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
12923 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
12924
12925 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
12926 "*Non-nil means use inverse video for the mode line.");
12927 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
12928
12929 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit", &line_number_display_limit,
12930 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
12931 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
12932 in the mode line.");
12933 line_number_display_limit = 1000000;
12934
12935 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width", &line_number_display_limit_width,
12936 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
12937 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
12938 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
12939 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
12940
12941 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
12942 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
12943 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
12944
12945 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
12946 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
12947 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
12948 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
12949 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
12950
12951 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
12952 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
12953 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12954 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12955 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12956 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12957 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
12958 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
12959 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12960 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12961 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12962 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12963 Vicon_title_format
12964 = Vframe_title_format
12965 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
12966 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
12967 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
12968 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
12969 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
12970 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
12971 Qnil)))),
12972 Qnil)));
12973
12974 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
12975 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
12976 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
12977 the buffer when it becomes large.");
12978 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
12979
12980 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
12981 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
12982 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
12983 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
12984 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
12985 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
12986 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
12987
12988 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
12989 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
12990 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
12991 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
12992 is not valid when these functions are called.");
12993 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
12994
12995 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
12996 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
12997 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
12998 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
12999 otherwise.");
13000 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
13001
13002 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
13003 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
13004 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
13005
13006 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin,
13007 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
13008 tool_bar_button_margin = 1;
13009
13010 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
13011 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
13012 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
13013
13014 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
13015 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
13016 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
13017 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
13018 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
13019 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
13020 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
13021 Fmake_local_variable (Qfontification_functions);
13022
13023 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
13024 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
13025 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
13026 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
13027 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
13028 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
13029 displayed according to the current fontset.");
13030 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
13031
13032 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
13033 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
13034 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
13035 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.\n\
13036 If nil, don't resize.");
13037 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
13038 }
13039
13040
13041 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
13042
13043 void
13044 init_xdisp ()
13045 {
13046 Lisp_Object root_window;
13047 struct window *mini_w;
13048
13049 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
13050
13051 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
13052 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
13053
13054 if (!noninteractive)
13055 {
13056 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
13057 int i;
13058
13059 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
13060 set_window_height (root_window,
13061 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
13062 0);
13063 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
13064 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
13065
13066 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
13067 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
13068
13069 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
13070 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
13071 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
13072
13073 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
13074 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
13075 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
13076 }
13077
13078 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
13079 {
13080 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
13081 int size = 100;
13082 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
13083 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
13084 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
13085 }
13086 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
13087 }
13088
13089